What's New in London 2018

 
 
 
 
Previous image

Pachamama East

Next image
Pachamama East
The Dixon
IT Ibiza London
Skylight Rooftop
Coal Drops Yard
Tapas Brindisa Battersea Power Station
Coal Drops Yard
Boxpark Wembley
Skylight Rooftop
Vapiano Tower Bridge
Bar + Block Steakhouse
Skylight Rooftop
IT Ibiza London
Burger & Beyond
 

 

London is a hotbed of new openings from destination restaurants to designer hotels, from quirky cafes to stylish shops. Find out about the hottest openings in town - if it's new and newsworthy, it's here.

 
Show Recently Opened

Upcoming London Openings

 
 
 

Berenjak

Opens 25th October 2018

Berenjak Opens 25th October 2018 Berenjak opens on 25th October 2018. Reinterpreting the classic hole-in-the-wall kabab houses lining the streets of Tehran, Berenjak evokes the style of a rustic Persian kabab house. This is one to bookmark not least because founder and chef Kian Samyani has the backing of Karam, Jyo and Sunaina Sethi - the family behind Trishna, Kitchen Table at bubbledogs, Sabor and Brigadiers - where Kian has spent time in the kitchen. With Berenjak he draws on the food and flavour of meals enjoyed with his Iranian family. Enter by ducking through a reimagined Iranian shopfront to find an open kitchen, giving a full view of the chefs manning the flaming tanoor, mangal barbecue, and rotisserie. Exposed brick walls, stained glass windows, bronze tables, reclaimed marble and Persian-inspired mosaic are illuminated by flickering candlelight. It creates the perfect ambiance for enjoying punchy small plates of Kashk E Bademjoon and blackened aubergine followed by kababs on freshly baked breads, poussin marinated in saffron and bowls of traditional khoresht - Persian-style stew. 2018/10/25 Where:
Berenjak, 27 Romilly Street London, W1D 5AL
Category: Middle Eastern Cuisine

Berenjak, 27 Romilly Street, London, W1D 5AL

Tube: Leicester Square Station, Tottenham Court Road Station, Piccadilly Circus Station, Covent Garden Station

 
 

Berenjak opens on 25th October 2018.

Reinterpreting the classic hole-in-the-wall kabab houses lining the streets of Tehran, Berenjak evokes the style of a rustic Persian kabab house. This is one to bookmark not least because founder and chef Kian Samyani has the backing of Karam, Jyo and Sunaina Sethi - the family behind Trishna, Kitchen Table at bubbledogs, Sabor and Brigadiers - where Kian has spent time in the kitchen. With Berenjak he draws on the food and flavour of meals enjoyed with his Iranian family. Enter by ducking through a reimagined Iranian shopfront to find an open kitchen, giving a full view of the chefs manning the flaming tanoor, mangal barbecue, and rotisserie. Exposed brick walls, stained glass windows, bronze tables, reclaimed marble and Persian-inspired mosaic are illuminated by flickering candlelight. It creates the perfect ambiance for enjoying punchy small plates of Kashk E Bademjoon and blackened aubergine followed by kababs on freshly baked breads, poussin marinated in saffron and bowls of traditional khoresht - Persian-style stew.
 
 
 

Coal Drops Yard

Opens 26th October 2018

Coal Drops Yard Opens 26th October 2018 Coal Drops Yard opens on Friday 26th October 2018. Originally built in the 1850s to facilitate the distribution of coal from the north-east and Yorkshire to London, Coal Drops Yard is reinvented in 2018 as a fashionable shopping district in King's Cross with over 50 stores, cafes and restaurants. Victorian brick arches and surviving ironwork are purposed in a design by Heatherwick Studio that brings together the industrial heritage with contemporary design. With canal-side location and proximity to restaurants, cafes and Central St Martins, Coal Drops Yard is an attractive place to shop. Brands and retailers include fashion concept store 18Montrose, modern British eyewear company Cubitts and boutique bag designers Lost Property of London as well as shoe designer Tracey Neuls, Sara Reverberi and Alia Qadir's concept store Studio One Twenty, Morty & Bob's cafe and high end activewear brand The Sports Edit. Before the development officially opened, in March 2018, designer Tom Dixon moved his entire headquarters to the Coal Office, part of the wider Coal Drops Yard estate. 2018/10/26 Where:
Coal Drops Yard, Kings Cross Goods Yard London, N1C
Category:

Coal Drops Yard, Kings Cross Goods Yard, London, N1C

Tube: King's Cross Station

 
 

Coal Drops Yard opens on Friday 26th October 2018.

Originally built in the 1850s to facilitate the distribution of coal from the north-east and Yorkshire to London, Coal Drops Yard is reinvented in 2018 as a fashionable shopping district in King's Cross with over 50 stores, cafes and restaurants. Victorian brick arches and surviving ironwork are purposed in a design by Heatherwick Studio that brings together the industrial heritage with contemporary design. With canal-side location and proximity to restaurants, cafes and Central St Martins, Coal Drops Yard is an attractive place to shop. Brands and retailers include fashion concept store 18Montrose, modern British eyewear company Cubitts and boutique bag designers Lost Property of London as well as shoe designer Tracey Neuls, Sara Reverberi and Alia Qadir's concept store Studio One Twenty, Morty & Bob's cafe and high end activewear brand The Sports Edit. Before the development officially opened, in March 2018, designer Tom Dixon moved his entire headquarters to the Coal Office, part of the wider Coal Drops Yard estate.
 
 
 
 

Vapiano Tower Bridge

Opens 26th October 2018

Vapiano Tower Bridge Opens 26th October 2018 Vapiano at One Tower Bridge opens on Friday 26th October 2018. Fresh pizza dough and pastas are handmade on site at Vapiano, a lively restaurant that's proved to be a big hit for group outings and especially popular with 'Generation Z'. They've even got a tech-savvy card payment system, so there's no hassle about splitting the bill with friends. The 361 cover restaurant, split over two floors, features 100-year-old olive trees with herb pots on every table so you can freshly season your meal to taste. It's part of the One Tower Bridge development and is a stone's throw from London Bridge station. Pasta dishes, pizzas, homemade lasagne, risotto and a selection of salads are on the Italian-inspired, made-to-order menu. Order directly with a Vapiano chef and watch as they prepare your dish. Spacious, with a stand-alone bar Vapiano Tower Bridge has lovely views of the Thames, Tower Bridge and the Tower of London. It's the first of three Vapiano openings, with further sites at Tottenham Court Road (within the new Centre Point development) and Canary Wharf in early 2019. 2018/10/26 Where:
Vapiano Tower Bridge, 2 Potters Fields, One Tower Bridge London, SE1 2SG
Category: Italian Cuisine

Vapiano Tower Bridge, 2 Potters Fields, One Tower Bridge, London, SE1 2SG

Tube: London Bridge Station

 
 

Vapiano at One Tower Bridge opens on Friday 26th October 2018.

Fresh pizza dough and pastas are handmade on site at Vapiano, a lively restaurant that's proved to be a big hit for group outings and especially popular with 'Generation Z'. They've even got a tech-savvy card payment system, so there's no hassle about splitting the bill with friends. The 361 cover restaurant, split over two floors, features 100-year-old olive trees with herb pots on every table so you can freshly season your meal to taste. It's part of the One Tower Bridge development and is a stone's throw from London Bridge station. Pasta dishes, pizzas, homemade lasagne, risotto and a selection of salads are on the Italian-inspired, made-to-order menu. Order directly with a Vapiano chef and watch as they prepare your dish. Spacious, with a stand-alone bar Vapiano Tower Bridge has lovely views of the Thames, Tower Bridge and the Tower of London. It's the first of three Vapiano openings, with further sites at Tottenham Court Road (within the new Centre Point development) and Canary Wharf in early 2019.
 
 
 

Bar + Block Steakhouse

Opens 31st October 2018

Bar + Block Steakhouse Opens 31st October 2018 Bar + Block Steakhouse opens on 31st October 2018 | From 10th November to 9th December they're giving locals 40% off mains - sign up via their website to receive a voucher and book. Affordable hand-cut steaks, from rump to ribeye, are the main attraction at Bar + Block, Whitbread's high street steak brand. Just like their original restaurant in King's Cross, there's a 'Butcher's Block' - a showcase of seasonal specials - at this Aldgate branch. Steaks are served with sides like mushroom and truffle dauphinoise and sweet potato rosti. Although primarily a steakhouse, the restaurant also serves slow-cooked lamb shoulder, handmade beef burgers and a signature Sunday Roast Sharer. Lighter and meat-free dishes like hot-smoked salmon cooked over charcoal and the Buddah Bowl of mixed grains with houmous, tomato salsa, carrot and harissa dip, grilled veg and rocket are also on the menu. Craft beers and ciders, wine and cocktails, all half price between 5pm and 7pm, Monday to Thursday, go well with the food. 2018/10/31 Where:
Bar + Block Steakhouse, 68 Alie Street London, E1 8PX
Category: American Cuisine

Bar + Block Steakhouse, 68 Alie Street, London, E1 8PX

Tube: Aldgate East Station, Aldgate East Underground Station, Aldgate Station

 
 

Bar + Block Steakhouse opens on 31st October 2018 | From 10th November to 9th December they're giving locals 40% off mains - sign up via their website to receive a voucher and book.

Affordable hand-cut steaks, from rump to ribeye, are the main attraction at Bar + Block, Whitbread's high street steak brand. Just like their original restaurant in King's Cross, there's a 'Butcher's Block' - a showcase of seasonal specials - at this Aldgate branch. Steaks are served with sides like mushroom and truffle dauphinoise and sweet potato rosti. Although primarily a steakhouse, the restaurant also serves slow-cooked lamb shoulder, handmade beef burgers and a signature Sunday Roast Sharer. Lighter and meat-free dishes like hot-smoked salmon cooked over charcoal and the Buddah Bowl of mixed grains with houmous, tomato salsa, carrot and harissa dip, grilled veg and rocket are also on the menu. Craft beers and ciders, wine and cocktails, all half price between 5pm and 7pm, Monday to Thursday, go well with the food.
 
 
 

Brasserie of Light

Opens November 2018

Brasserie of Light Opens November 2018 Brasserie of Light opens in November 2018. A magnificent 24 foot crystal encrusted statue of a winged horse with a 30 foot wingspan is suspended from the ceiling of the Brasserie of Light, the Caprice run restaurant on the first floor of Selfridges. Pegasus is Damien Hirst's largest scale artwork in London, even bigger than the monumental 'Cock 'n' Bull' - a Hereford cow and a cockerel preserved in formaldehyde - created for Mark Hix's Tramshed restaurant in Shoreditch. It soars over the restaurant which gives the traditional brasserie a modern makeover, adding light and colour to the impressive double height space which centres on an impressive bar. Portugese chef Emanuel Machado, who has helped Balthazar become a Covent Garden classic since it opened in 2013, serves s callops and spaghetti with lobster. F ollow with Pegasus Pie - served with a yuzu coconut cloud - if you have room for dessert. Weekend brunch brings avocado and poached eggs or you can treat yourself to Champagne afternoon tea in beautiful surroundings designed by Martin Brudnizki. 2018/10/31 Where:
Brasserie of Light, 400 Oxford Street London, W1A 1AB
Category: Brasseries

Brasserie of Light, 400 Oxford Street, London, W1A 1AB

Tube: Bond Street Station, Marble Arch Station

 
 

Brasserie of Light opens in November 2018.

A magnificent 24 foot crystal encrusted statue of a winged horse with a 30 foot wingspan is suspended from the ceiling of the Brasserie of Light, the Caprice run restaurant on the first floor of Selfridges. Pegasus is Damien Hirst's largest scale artwork in London, even bigger than the monumental 'Cock 'n' Bull' - a Hereford cow and a cockerel preserved in formaldehyde - created for Mark Hix's Tramshed restaurant in Shoreditch. It soars over the restaurant which gives the traditional brasserie a modern makeover, adding light and colour to the impressive double height space which centres on an impressive bar. Portugese chef Emanuel Machado, who has helped Balthazar become a Covent Garden classic since it opened in 2013, serves s callops and spaghetti with lobster. F ollow with Pegasus Pie - served with a yuzu coconut cloud - if you have room for dessert. Weekend brunch brings avocado and poached eggs or you can treat yourself to Champagne afternoon tea in beautiful surroundings designed by Martin Brudnizki.
 
 
 

Nathalie

Opens October 2018

Nathalie Opens October 2018 Nathalie opens in October 2018. Juan Santa Cruz, who has already given us the glamorous Casa Cruz in Notting Hill and elegant Mayfair restaurant, Isabel, has his third London venture. An all-day art deco food emporium, café and on-the-go deli on Hanover Square, Nathalie also stocks gifts for the first time. Carefully sourced items like salt and pepper grinders, cutlery sets, napkins and oil-lamps make the perfect last minute dinner party present. The style of the space is modern with art deco touches and luxury materials like Dalmatia marble from Italy. Open from breakfast, lunch and dinner, customers can take out healthy food by picking up a sustainable 'Cruz box', made from compostable plant-based material. Either walk into the deli-style shop or order first through the app - so you can grab and go without fuss: healthy fuel on the go. 2018/10/31 Where:
Nathalie, 7 Hanover Square London, W1S 1HQ
Category: Cafes and Delis

Nathalie, 7 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ

Tube: Oxford Circus Station, Bond Street Station

 
 

Nathalie opens in October 2018.

Juan Santa Cruz, who has already given us the glamorous Casa Cruz in Notting Hill and elegant Mayfair restaurant, Isabel, has his third London venture. An all-day art deco food emporium, café and on-the-go deli on Hanover Square, Nathalie also stocks gifts for the first time. Carefully sourced items like salt and pepper grinders, cutlery sets, napkins and oil-lamps make the perfect last minute dinner party present. The style of the space is modern with art deco touches and luxury materials like Dalmatia marble from Italy. Open from breakfast, lunch and dinner, customers can take out healthy food by picking up a sustainable 'Cruz box', made from compostable plant-based material. Either walk into the deli-style shop or order first through the app - so you can grab and go without fuss: healthy fuel on the go.
 
 
 

Elephant West

Opens autumn 2018

Elephant West Opens autumn 2018 Contemporary art and culture magazine Elephant opens a new art project space in White City in autumn 2018. Housed in a converted petrol station in White City, re-designed by architects Liddicoat and Goldhill, Elephant West is an art project space run by contemporary art and culture magazine Elephant; a place where you'll see cutting edge installations by up and coming artists. Combining print, digital and physical art, live dance and music performances, film screenings, as well as talks and workshops curated by the magazine, come here to see ground-breaking works that break down the traditional barriers between different art forms. In a nod to its famous neighbour Television Centre, the BBC's former headquarters, Elephant magazine will broadcast from here, live-streaming events and publishing other exclusive video content via its elephant.art website. There's a cafe, shop and outdoor garden area and, o ver the summer, they're running a series of pop-up events and activities in and around White City. 2018/11/01 Where:
Elephant West, 62 Wood Lane, Shepherd's Bush London, W12 7RH
Category: Art Galleries

Elephant West, 62 Wood Lane, Shepherd's Bush, London, W12 7RH

Tube: White City Station, Wood Lane Station, Latimer Road Station

 
 

Contemporary art and culture magazine Elephant opens a new art project space in White City in autumn 2018.

Housed in a converted petrol station in White City, re-designed by architects Liddicoat and Goldhill, Elephant West is an art project space run by contemporary art and culture magazine Elephant; a place where you'll see cutting edge installations by up and coming artists. Combining print, digital and physical art, live dance and music performances, film screenings, as well as talks and workshops curated by the magazine, come here to see ground-breaking works that break down the traditional barriers between different art forms. In a nod to its famous neighbour Television Centre, the BBC's former headquarters, Elephant magazine will broadcast from here, live-streaming events and publishing other exclusive video content via its elephant.art website. There's a cafe, shop and outdoor garden area and, o ver the summer, they're running a series of pop-up events and activities in and around White City.
 
 
 
 

Skylight Rooftop

Opens 1st November 2018

Skylight Rooftop Opens 1st November 2018 Skylight Rooftop reopens on 1st November 2018. From 1st November 2018, Skylight gets a winter makeover with rooftop ice rink, cosy igloos and huts on top of Tobacco Dock . The winter season brings h eated apres skate bars, draped in glimmering lights, serving warming winter cocktails, mulled wine as well as beers and ciders. Set on the top three levels of a former car park in Wapping, the 600 capacity Skylight has multiple bars, indoor and outdoor seating areas, and two street food stalls, all set against some of the finest views in the city - you can see The Shard , The Gherkin and the Walkie Talkie from here. Food wise, Raclette Brothers are bringing their signature Alpine treats with copious amounts of melted cheese and Yiro return with a seasonal menu. DJs, seasonal events and parties add to the offer with New Year's Eve celebrations sponsored by Moet et Chandon and a Burn's Night Ceilidh in January fuelled by Monkey Shoulder whisky drinks. 2018/11/01 Where:
Skylight Rooftop, Tobacco Dock, Wapping Lane London, E1W 2SF
Category: Attractions for Kids

Skylight Rooftop, Tobacco Dock, Wapping Lane, London, E1W 2SF

Tube: Rotherhithe Overground Station

 
 

Skylight Rooftop reopens on 1st November 2018.

From 1st November 2018, Skylight gets a winter makeover with rooftop ice rink, cosy igloos and huts on top of Tobacco Dock . The winter season brings h eated apres skate bars, draped in glimmering lights, serving warming winter cocktails, mulled wine as well as beers and ciders. Set on the top three levels of a former car park in Wapping, the 600 capacity Skylight has multiple bars, indoor and outdoor seating areas, and two street food stalls, all set against some of the finest views in the city - you can see The Shard , The Gherkin and the Walkie Talkie from here. Food wise, Raclette Brothers are bringing their signature Alpine treats with copious amounts of melted cheese and Yiro return with a seasonal menu. DJs, seasonal events and parties add to the offer with New Year's Eve celebrations sponsored by Moet et Chandon and a Burn's Night Ceilidh in January fuelled by Monkey Shoulder whisky drinks.
 
 
 

Tapas Brindisa Battersea Power Station

Opens November 2018

Tapas Brindisa Battersea Power Station Opens November 2018 Tapas Brindisa opens a new restaurant and charcuterie bar in Battersea's Power Station development in November 2018. Thirty years after founder Monika Linton first brought top quality artisanal produce to the UK, Brindisa comes to Battersea Power Station. With a reputation for trading in delicious Spanish speciality foods, it's no surprise that the restaurant is centred around Spanish home cooking. Dishes like Alejandro Chorizo braised in red wine, Jammy figs and chestnut honey and Gammas al Ajillo are cooked to recipes collected over the years by Monika and the Brindisa chefs. Of the five Brindisa restaurants in London - you can also find them in London Bridge, Shoreditch, Soho and South Kensington - this is the first to have a dedicated, in-house cheese and charcuterie bar, spotlighting the producers Monika has worked with so closely over the years and featuring cheeses aged in Brindisa's own cheese rooms in Balham. Natural and reclaimed materials, muted tones of wood and terracotta tiling set the tone with heavy wooden tables and banquettes for seating. Take a pew for freshly carved Iberico jamon and a regularly changing menu of Spanish craft beer on the taps. 2018/11/01 Where:
Tapas Brindisa Battersea Power Station, 25 Circus Road West, Battersea Power Station London, SW11 8EZ
Category: Spanish Cuisine

Tapas Brindisa Battersea Power Station, 25 Circus Road West, Battersea Power Station, London, SW11 8EZ

Tube: Pimlico Station

 
 
photo: Steven Joyce

Tapas Brindisa opens a new restaurant and charcuterie bar in Battersea's Power Station development in November 2018.

Thirty years after founder Monika Linton first brought top quality artisanal produce to the UK, Brindisa comes to Battersea Power Station. With a reputation for trading in delicious Spanish speciality foods, it's no surprise that the restaurant is centred around Spanish home cooking. Dishes like Alejandro Chorizo braised in red wine, Jammy figs and chestnut honey and Gammas al Ajillo are cooked to recipes collected over the years by Monika and the Brindisa chefs. Of the five Brindisa restaurants in London - you can also find them in London Bridge, Shoreditch, Soho and South Kensington - this is the first to have a dedicated, in-house cheese and charcuterie bar, spotlighting the producers Monika has worked with so closely over the years and featuring cheeses aged in Brindisa's own cheese rooms in Balham. Natural and reclaimed materials, muted tones of wood and terracotta tiling set the tone with heavy wooden tables and banquettes for seating. Take a pew for freshly carved Iberico jamon and a regularly changing menu of Spanish craft beer on the taps.
 
 
 

Pachamama East

Opens 2nd November 2018

Pachamama East Opens 2nd November 2018 Pachamama East opens on 2nd November 2018. Exploring the spectrum of Asian flavours in Peruvian cuisine, Pachamama East in Shoreditch comes from the creators of Peruvian-inspired restaurants Chicama in Chelsea and Pachamama in Marylebone. The focus is on sharing at this plant filled, pastel and concrete, two floor restaurant on Great Eastern Street. With dishes from the 'Soil, Land and Sea', you get grilled hispi cabbage and smoked aubergine, whole jiang-glazed chicken and hand-pulled lobster noodles to choose from. Ceviches and snacks like Sichuan fried chicken and pork belly chicharrones are also on the menu while brunch brings Peruvian waffles. The main bar, a beautifully sunken affair, is pisco driven, supplemented by bubble tea cocktails so it's a place for drinkers as well as diners to enjoy the South American party vibe with DJs lined-up throughout the week. For the private dining room, which seats 16, go down the black and pink tiled staircase to the lower ground floor space which hosts different chef collaborations throughout the year. 2018/11/02 Where:
Pachamama East, 73 Great Eastern Street London, EC2A 3HR
Category: South American Cuisine

Pachamama East, 73 Great Eastern Street, London, EC2A 3HR

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven Joyce

Pachamama East opens on 2nd November 2018.

Exploring the spectrum of Asian flavours in Peruvian cuisine, Pachamama East in Shoreditch comes from the creators of Peruvian-inspired restaurants Chicama in Chelsea and Pachamama in Marylebone. The focus is on sharing at this plant filled, pastel and concrete, two floor restaurant on Great Eastern Street. With dishes from the 'Soil, Land and Sea', you get grilled hispi cabbage and smoked aubergine, whole jiang-glazed chicken and hand-pulled lobster noodles to choose from. Ceviches and snacks like Sichuan fried chicken and pork belly chicharrones are also on the menu while brunch brings Peruvian waffles. The main bar, a beautifully sunken affair, is pisco driven, supplemented by bubble tea cocktails so it's a place for drinkers as well as diners to enjoy the South American party vibe with DJs lined-up throughout the week. For the private dining room, which seats 16, go down the black and pink tiled staircase to the lower ground floor space which hosts different chef collaborations throughout the year.
 
 
 

Supercity Aparthotels: The Chronicle

Opens 8th November 2018

Supercity Aparthotels: The Chronicle Opens 8th November 2018 The Chronicle by Supercity Aparthotels opens on 8th November 2018. Equidistant between the diamond and jewellery district of Hatton Garden and Covent Garden, continuously busy with shops, restaurants and theatres, is The Chronicle . This aparthotel from Supercity, a stone's throw from the River Thames and in the midst of London's top law firms, has 53 luxury apartments, two floors of offices and an onsite gastro pub. It's one of six properties from the family run company who put little luxuries into their tastefully designed apartments. Note the electrics - everything is controlled from a touchscreen - and the breakfast pack that's included in your overnight stay. 2018/11/08 Where:
Supercity Aparthotels: The Chronicle, Norwich Street London, EC4A 1JS
Category: New Hotels

Supercity Aparthotels: The Chronicle, Norwich Street, London, EC4A 1JS

Tube: Chancery Lane Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living area

The Chronicle by Supercity Aparthotels opens on 8th November 2018.

Equidistant between the diamond and jewellery district of Hatton Garden and Covent Garden, continuously busy with shops, restaurants and theatres, is The Chronicle . This aparthotel from Supercity, a stone's throw from the River Thames and in the midst of London's top law firms, has 53 luxury apartments, two floors of offices and an onsite gastro pub. It's one of six properties from the family run company who put little luxuries into their tastefully designed apartments. Note the electrics - everything is controlled from a touchscreen - and the breakfast pack that's included in your overnight stay.
 
 
 

Burger & Beyond

Opens mid November 2018

Burger & Beyond Opens mid November 2018 Burger & Beyond opens in mid November 2018. After three and a half years as street food vendors, Burger & Beyond , launch their first bricks and mortar site with this restaurant with a huge concrete bar on Shoreditch High Street. In keeping with their residencies at KERB, Street Feast and Camden Assembly, they're serving their signature buns, habitually listed among London's best burgers, at this venue. Sample dishes include chicken skin and bread with bone marrow butter. Added to these are small plates of shaved rib cap with anchovy butter, deep fried lamb nuggets with a burnt onion dip and mushrooms, cured egg yolk with lardo on toast. The burger joint, set up by Craig Povoas and Tom Stock, has interiors by Run For The Hills with black and raw steel metals, mesh and bolts off set by stone, vintage bricks and lime wash paint to give the place a warmer feel. Head down to the basement for snug cushioned caves lit from within by red neon lighting. 2018/11/15 Where:
Burger & Beyond, 147 Shoreditch High Street London, E1 6JE
Category:

Burger & Beyond, 147 Shoreditch High Street, London, E1 6JE

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the Hills

Burger & Beyond opens in mid November 2018.

After three and a half years as street food vendors, Burger & Beyond , launch their first bricks and mortar site with this restaurant with a huge concrete bar on Shoreditch High Street. In keeping with their residencies at KERB, Street Feast and Camden Assembly, they're serving their signature buns, habitually listed among London's best burgers, at this venue. Sample dishes include chicken skin and bread with bone marrow butter. Added to these are small plates of shaved rib cap with anchovy butter, deep fried lamb nuggets with a burnt onion dip and mushrooms, cured egg yolk with lardo on toast. The burger joint, set up by Craig Povoas and Tom Stock, has interiors by Run For The Hills with black and raw steel metals, mesh and bolts off set by stone, vintage bricks and lime wash paint to give the place a warmer feel. Head down to the basement for snug cushioned caves lit from within by red neon lighting.
 
 
 
 

The Dixon

Opens Autumn 2018

The Dixon Opens Autumn 2018 The Dixon, a new boutique style hotel part of Autograph Collection Hotels, opens in Autumn 2018. Formerly the home of the Old Tower Bridge Magistrates Court, The Dixon transforms this historic building into a traditional boutique hotel offering 193 individually styled rooms and suites. Named after John Dixon Butler - the architect who originally constructed the Tooley Street building in 1905 - the hotel mixes old and new. The 193 rooms, including nine suites, present an artful mix of heritage design - simple brickwork, tall windows and modern furniture - and modern art. Curated artworks from local artists hang on the walls. All rooms come with state-of-the-art technology, including smart TVs and complimentary ultra-fast Wi-Fi. Cleverly reflecting the building's past as a courtroom, the Courthouse cafe serves hotel guests and locals alike while decor repurposes pieces of furniture reclaimed from the old courthouse. 2018/11/15 Where:
The Dixon, 211 Tooley Street London, SE1 2JY
Category: New Hotels

The Dixon, 211 Tooley Street, London, SE1 2JY

Tube: London Bridge Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the Hills

The Dixon, a new boutique style hotel part of Autograph Collection Hotels, opens in Autumn 2018.

Formerly the home of the Old Tower Bridge Magistrates Court, The Dixon transforms this historic building into a traditional boutique hotel offering 193 individually styled rooms and suites. Named after John Dixon Butler - the architect who originally constructed the Tooley Street building in 1905 - the hotel mixes old and new. The 193 rooms, including nine suites, present an artful mix of heritage design - simple brickwork, tall windows and modern furniture - and modern art. Curated artworks from local artists hang on the walls. All rooms come with state-of-the-art technology, including smart TVs and complimentary ultra-fast Wi-Fi. Cleverly reflecting the building's past as a courtroom, the Courthouse cafe serves hotel guests and locals alike while decor repurposes pieces of furniture reclaimed from the old courthouse.
 
 
 

The Buzz

Opens 28th November 2018

The Buzz Opens 28th November 2018 The Buzz opens on 28th November 2018 with The Time Travellers' Ball. Located in Mercato Metropolitano, The Buzz is the UK's first permanent purpose-built immersive theatre. The fully flexible performing arts space has been created as a community hub for theatre-makers, local students and the community with the opportunity to develop ideas on a blank canvas. Creatives will be provided with the space, flexibility and physical support that they need to take their performances to the next level. In addition to the venue, The Buzz Bar, a Charlie Chaplin inspired hub - inspired by the fact that Charlie Chaplin was born in the area - will offer a meeting point for the community. 2018/11/28 Where:
The Buzz, 42 Newington Causeway London, SE1 6DR
Category: Theatres

The Buzz, 42 Newington Causeway, London, SE1 6DR

Tube: Borough Station, Elephant & Castle Station

 
 

The Buzz opens on 28th November 2018 with The Time Travellers' Ball.

Located in Mercato Metropolitano, The Buzz is the UK's first permanent purpose-built immersive theatre. The fully flexible performing arts space has been created as a community hub for theatre-makers, local students and the community with the opportunity to develop ideas on a blank canvas. Creatives will be provided with the space, flexibility and physical support that they need to take their performances to the next level. In addition to the venue, The Buzz Bar, a Charlie Chaplin inspired hub - inspired by the fact that Charlie Chaplin was born in the area - will offer a meeting point for the community.
 
 
 

Anthracite

Opens November 2018

Anthracite Opens November 2018 Anthracite opens in November 2018. Bringing a touch of glamour to King's Cross, Anthracite is a sophisticated martini lounge with breathtaking views of George Gilbert Scott's St Pancras clock tower. Located on the first floor of the Great Northern Hotel, the 90-cover cocktail bar is arranged over three rooms. The lounge has been developed by Archer Humphryes - the architects behind the 2013 redesign of the Grade II listed hotel - and takes inspiration from the colour and unusual properties of the coal from which it takes its name. Anthracite used to fuel trains chugging in and out of St Pancras and t he blue flame it burns with is reflected in the lounge's charcoal colour palette and electric blue trims. Portraits by Sky Arts Portrait Artist of the Year 2017, Gareth Reid, line the walls but it's the martinis that are the main talking point. Vodkas, gins and vermouths create a bespoke martini, expertly mixed by head bartender Balazs Nagy and team. 2018/11/30 Where:
Anthracite, Great Northern Hotel, Pancras Road London, N1C 4TB
Category: Bars

Anthracite, Great Northern Hotel, Pancras Road, London, N1C 4TB

Tube: King's Cross Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the Hills

Anthracite opens in November 2018.

Bringing a touch of glamour to King's Cross, Anthracite is a sophisticated martini lounge with breathtaking views of George Gilbert Scott's St Pancras clock tower. Located on the first floor of the Great Northern Hotel, the 90-cover cocktail bar is arranged over three rooms. The lounge has been developed by Archer Humphryes - the architects behind the 2013 redesign of the Grade II listed hotel - and takes inspiration from the colour and unusual properties of the coal from which it takes its name. Anthracite used to fuel trains chugging in and out of St Pancras and t he blue flame it burns with is reflected in the lounge's charcoal colour palette and electric blue trims. Portraits by Sky Arts Portrait Artist of the Year 2017, Gareth Reid, line the walls but it's the martinis that are the main talking point. Vodkas, gins and vermouths create a bespoke martini, expertly mixed by head bartender Balazs Nagy and team.
 
 
 

EartH Kitchen

Opens November 2018

EartH Kitchen Opens November 2018 EartH Kitchen opens in November 2018. Housed in an old art deco cinema in Dalston, EartH Kitchen is a sunny, 150-seat restaurant with polished plaster walls . A neighbourhood-style restaurant on the building's first floor of multi-arts space Evolutionary Arts Hackney, or EartH for short, it has been set up by Auro Foxcroft, founder of Village Underground, and Chris Gillard, previously executive chef at the St. John Group. Food is seasonal and good quality with small plates of griddled mackerel and pork and duck rillettes or slow roast lamb breast and vegan dishes like crispy polenta for something larger. Steel windows face onto Kingsland Road there's a beautiful sculptural mirrored ceiling while melamine-topped tables give a pop of bright colour. Music is an important part of the whole arts centre and the restaurant joins in with Thursday jazz nights and Sunday DJ sets. In the cocktail bar, manager Toni Castillo, also formerly of St. John, oversees a list of wines with a European focus and mixes classic cocktails made with seasonal ingredients. 2018/11/30 Where:
EartH Kitchen, 11-17 Stoke Newington Road London, N16 8BH
Category: British Cuisine

EartH Kitchen, 11-17 Stoke Newington Road, London, N16 8BH

Tube: Highbury & Islington Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowles

EartH Kitchen opens in November 2018.

Housed in an old art deco cinema in Dalston, EartH Kitchen is a sunny, 150-seat restaurant with polished plaster walls . A neighbourhood-style restaurant on the building's first floor of multi-arts space Evolutionary Arts Hackney, or EartH for short, it has been set up by Auro Foxcroft, founder of Village Underground, and Chris Gillard, previously executive chef at the St. John Group. Food is seasonal and good quality with small plates of griddled mackerel and pork and duck rillettes or slow roast lamb breast and vegan dishes like crispy polenta for something larger. Steel windows face onto Kingsland Road there's a beautiful sculptural mirrored ceiling while melamine-topped tables give a pop of bright colour. Music is an important part of the whole arts centre and the restaurant joins in with Thursday jazz nights and Sunday DJ sets. In the cocktail bar, manager Toni Castillo, also formerly of St. John, oversees a list of wines with a European focus and mixes classic cocktails made with seasonal ingredients.
 
 
 

Greenwich Grind

Opens November 2018

Greenwich Grind Opens November 2018 Greenwich Grind opens in November 2018. Grind brings its mix of music, design, coffee, food and cocktails outside of Zone 1 for the first time and it's the biggest Grind to date. In a listed building in Greenwich, Grind gives us a cocktail bar and lounge to the front and greenhouse-like oasis in the conservatory to the back. There's also a dedicated, grab-and-go cafe and a 160 cover indoor-outdoor dining room and garden, flooded with natural light and filled with tropical plants. Like the other Grind restaurants in London Bridge, Exmouth Market and Clerkenwell, Greenwich Grind serves coffee from the Grind roastery in Shoreditch, and a classic, seasonal cocktail list headed up by the Grind Espresso Martini. For breakfast and brunch, Grind serves favourites like sweet potato harissa cakes and smashed avocado on toast; just add bottomless prosecco for a weekend vibe. Once evening arrives, a casual menu of dishes such as cheeseburger and flat-iron steak is joined by sharing plates of chorizo and smoked cheese croquettes and burrata bruschetta. 2018/11/30 Where:
Greenwich Grind, 17-19 Nelson Road London, SE10 9JB
Category: Cafes and Delis

Greenwich Grind, 17-19 Nelson Road, London, SE10 9JB

Tube: New Cross Station (East London line closed. Bus service operates)

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowles

Greenwich Grind opens in November 2018.

Grind brings its mix of music, design, coffee, food and cocktails outside of Zone 1 for the first time and it's the biggest Grind to date. In a listed building in Greenwich, Grind gives us a cocktail bar and lounge to the front and greenhouse-like oasis in the conservatory to the back. There's also a dedicated, grab-and-go cafe and a 160 cover indoor-outdoor dining room and garden, flooded with natural light and filled with tropical plants. Like the other Grind restaurants in London Bridge, Exmouth Market and Clerkenwell, Greenwich Grind serves coffee from the Grind roastery in Shoreditch, and a classic, seasonal cocktail list headed up by the Grind Espresso Martini. For breakfast and brunch, Grind serves favourites like sweet potato harissa cakes and smashed avocado on toast; just add bottomless prosecco for a weekend vibe. Once evening arrives, a casual menu of dishes such as cheeseburger and flat-iron steak is joined by sharing plates of chorizo and smoked cheese croquettes and burrata bruschetta.
 
 
 
 

IT Ibiza London

Opens Winter 2018

IT Ibiza London Opens Winter 2018 IT Ibiza London opens in winter 2018. A popular eatery on the White Isle, IT Ibiza comes to the UK with the opening of IT Ibiza London. Bringing a taste of the Mediterranean to Mayfair, two Michelin-starred chef Gennaro Esposito serves a menu of fine Italian fare with dishes including his signature olive soup with pan-fried cod served with a dash of almond cream. The menu also features comfort food dishes like spaghetti Pomodoro and light, crispy pizza. Complimentary and authentic Italian aperitivo is served in the bar and lounge area every day from 5pm to 9.30pm and the weekends welcome brunch with an Italian twist. Housed in a former art gallery, the restaurant also pays homage to the building's heritage with a showcase of emerging UK artists while a carefully curated soundtrack transports diners to Ibiza. 2018/11/30 Where:
IT Ibiza London, 28-29 Dover Street London, W1S 4LX
Category: Italian Cuisine

IT Ibiza London, 28-29 Dover Street, London, W1S 4LX

Tube: Green Park Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowles

IT Ibiza London opens in winter 2018.

A popular eatery on the White Isle, IT Ibiza comes to the UK with the opening of IT Ibiza London. Bringing a taste of the Mediterranean to Mayfair, two Michelin-starred chef Gennaro Esposito serves a menu of fine Italian fare with dishes including his signature olive soup with pan-fried cod served with a dash of almond cream. The menu also features comfort food dishes like spaghetti Pomodoro and light, crispy pizza. Complimentary and authentic Italian aperitivo is served in the bar and lounge area every day from 5pm to 9.30pm and the weekends welcome brunch with an Italian twist. Housed in a former art gallery, the restaurant also pays homage to the building's heritage with a showcase of emerging UK artists while a carefully curated soundtrack transports diners to Ibiza.
 
 
 

Market Hall Victoria

Opens November 2018

Market Hall Victoria Opens November 2018 Market Hall Victoria opens in November 2018. Early in 2018 they brought the fantastic Market Hall food court to the former London Underground ticket office in Fulham. In November 2018 Market Halls are doing the same for Victoria. Market Hall Victoria gathers 12 food outlets under one roof which used to house Pacha - so now you can eat street food where people used to dance to house music. Before that, the building housed a 1909 shopping arcade and this communal eating spot makes the most of the building's Edwardian features. Three floors house eleven kitchens, a coffee shop, and three bars selling independent British-made beers, spirits and soft drinks. Choose from BaoziInn, Monty's Deli, Flank, Squirrel and fish and chips by Kerbisher & Malt. They're joined by new ventures from some of London's biggest hitters including Koya Ko by Koya, Gopal's Corner by Roti King, Super Tacos from Breddos, Nonna Tonda from Fat Tony's and bunshop from Tom Harris and Jon Rotheram, the duo behind The Marksman. Joining these kitchens are popular faces from Market Hall Fulham - Fanny's Kebabs and Press Coffee. 2018/11/30 Where:
Market Hall Victoria, 191 Victoria Street London, SW1E 5NE
Category:

Market Hall Victoria, 191 Victoria Street, London, SW1E 5NE

Tube: Victoria Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowles

Market Hall Victoria opens in November 2018.

Early in 2018 they brought the fantastic Market Hall food court to the former London Underground ticket office in Fulham. In November 2018 Market Halls are doing the same for Victoria. Market Hall Victoria gathers 12 food outlets under one roof which used to house Pacha - so now you can eat street food where people used to dance to house music. Before that, the building housed a 1909 shopping arcade and this communal eating spot makes the most of the building's Edwardian features. Three floors house eleven kitchens, a coffee shop, and three bars selling independent British-made beers, spirits and soft drinks. Choose from BaoziInn, Monty's Deli, Flank, Squirrel and fish and chips by Kerbisher & Malt. They're joined by new ventures from some of London's biggest hitters including Koya Ko by Koya, Gopal's Corner by Roti King, Super Tacos from Breddos, Nonna Tonda from Fat Tony's and bunshop from Tom Harris and Jon Rotheram, the duo behind The Marksman. Joining these kitchens are popular faces from Market Hall Fulham - Fanny's Kebabs and Press Coffee.
 
 
 

Boxpark Wembley

Opens late 2018

Boxpark Wembley Opens late 2018 Boxpark Wembley opens in late 2018 in Wembley Park. First we had Boxpark Shoreditch, the first shopping mall made out of shipping containers, then came Boxpark Croydon and in 2018 we're getting a third Boxpark, in Wembley. Bringing a slice of urban street cred to Wembley, Boxpark Wembley will no doubt become a byword for pop up shops and superior street food, just like its sister sites. Boxpark Wembley will differ slightly - instead of shipping containers, it will come with a completely new and bespoke building design on Olympic Way. There will be 29 units for food and a cultural hub where over 200 events will be held, year round. Live music, events, talks and workshops will be held in one of two spaces - an expansive 2,000 capacity events space or a separate, more intimate 300-capacity venue. 2018/12/01 Where:
Boxpark Wembley, Olympic Way, Wembley Park London, HA9 0EG
Category: Shopping Centres

Boxpark Wembley, Olympic Way, Wembley Park, London, HA9 0EG

Tube: Wembley Park Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowles

Boxpark Wembley opens in late 2018 in Wembley Park.

First we had Boxpark Shoreditch, the first shopping mall made out of shipping containers, then came Boxpark Croydon and in 2018 we're getting a third Boxpark, in Wembley. Bringing a slice of urban street cred to Wembley, Boxpark Wembley will no doubt become a byword for pop up shops and superior street food, just like its sister sites. Boxpark Wembley will differ slightly - instead of shipping containers, it will come with a completely new and bespoke building design on Olympic Way. There will be 29 units for food and a cultural hub where over 200 events will be held, year round. Live music, events, talks and workshops will be held in one of two spaces - an expansive 2,000 capacity events space or a separate, more intimate 300-capacity venue.
 
 
 

Vista Hotel

Opens Late 2018

Vista Hotel Opens Late 2018 The Wanda Vista Hotel opens in late 2018. Part of One Nine Elms, a mixed-use development which overlooks the river Thames at Battersea, the Wanda Vista Hotel will be the first Chinese 5 star hotel by the Wanda brand in the UK when it's complete - expected to be in late 2018. Occupying the smaller, 45 storey (160 metre) tower at the Nine Elms regeneration site which stretches between Vauxhall and Battersea, the hotel will sit alongside a taller 60 storey high rise - one of Western Europe's tallest residential developments. There will be 436 flats and 3,600 square feet of shops next to the hotel which is expected to consist of 187 rooms at a cost of £700 million. Banqueting and conferencing facilities, a restaurant and brassiere, as well as a swimming pool and health spa located in the podium building are all part of the hotel plans. Entry to the hotel would be from the central plaza located between the City and River Towers. The vast 480-acre Nine Elms regeneration site straddling Wandsworth and Lambeth boroughs is undergoing massive regeneration with the US embassy, offices, flats, retail and leisure areas all being built, served by an extension to the tube's Northern line due to open in 2016. At the western end of the site, Battersea Power Station is being redeveloped as a mixed-use scheme by its Malaysian owners. 2018/12/1 Where:
Vista Hotel, One Nine Elms London, SW8 5NQ
Category: New Hotels

Vista Hotel, One Nine Elms, London, SW8 5NQ

Tube: Vauxhall Station

 
 

The Wanda Vista Hotel opens in late 2018.

Part of One Nine Elms, a mixed-use development which overlooks the river Thames at Battersea, the Wanda Vista Hotel will be the first Chinese 5 star hotel by the Wanda brand in the UK when it's complete - expected to be in late 2018. Occupying the smaller, 45 storey (160 metre) tower at the Nine Elms regeneration site which stretches between Vauxhall and Battersea, the hotel will sit alongside a taller 60 storey high rise - one of Western Europe's tallest residential developments. There will be 436 flats and 3,600 square feet of shops next to the hotel which is expected to consist of 187 rooms at a cost of £700 million. Banqueting and conferencing facilities, a restaurant and brassiere, as well as a swimming pool and health spa located in the podium building are all part of the hotel plans. Entry to the hotel would be from the central plaza located between the City and River Towers. The vast 480-acre Nine Elms regeneration site straddling Wandsworth and Lambeth boroughs is undergoing massive regeneration with the US embassy, offices, flats, retail and leisure areas all being built, served by an extension to the tube's Northern line due to open in 2016. At the western end of the site, Battersea Power Station is being redeveloped as a mixed-use scheme by its Malaysian owners.
 
 
 

Art Yard Bar & Kitchen

Opened mid October 2018

Art Yard Bar & Kitchen Opened mid October 2018 A celebration of art, the all-day restaurant within the Bankside Hotel has the same mid-century aesthetics as the hotel. Both have been designed by Dayna Lee of Los Angeles' Powerstrip Studio. The wrap-around Art Yard Bar & Kitchen is run by head chef Lee Streeton, previously of 45 Jermyn Street and Brown's Hotel. His British and European menu offers chargrilled cuttlefish, baked bone marrow with curry sauce and a cataplana of monkfish, shellfish, saffron and potato designed for two to share and cooked in the wood-fire oven. Sit up at the bar for drinks, snacks and small plates of anchovies and spicy lamb pide or choose from the full a la carte menu. Alternatively, opt for the 80-cover, open-plan main dining room - a bright space with Alexander Calder inspired mobiles, wood furniture with patterned tiling. Specially commissioned artwork hangs across the main space and a mural from London ceramicist Laura Carlin decorates the 20-cover private dining room, with illustrations reflecting the culture of the Southbank. 2018/10/20 Where:
Art Yard Bar & Kitchen, 2 Blackfriars Road London, SE1 9JU
Category: Modern European Cuisine

Art Yard Bar & Kitchen, 2 Blackfriars Road, London, SE1 9JU

Tube: Southwark Station, Blackfriars Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowles
A celebration of art, the all-day restaurant within the Bankside Hotel has the same mid-century aesthetics as the hotel. Both have been designed by Dayna Lee of Los Angeles' Powerstrip Studio. The wrap-around Art Yard Bar & Kitchen is run by head chef Lee Streeton, previously of 45 Jermyn Street and Brown's Hotel. His British and European menu offers chargrilled cuttlefish, baked bone marrow with curry sauce and a cataplana of monkfish, shellfish, saffron and potato designed for two to share and cooked in the wood-fire oven. Sit up at the bar for drinks, snacks and small plates of anchovies and spicy lamb pide or choose from the full a la carte menu. Alternatively, opt for the 80-cover, open-plan main dining room - a bright space with Alexander Calder inspired mobiles, wood furniture with patterned tiling. Specially commissioned artwork hangs across the main space and a mural from London ceramicist Laura Carlin decorates the 20-cover private dining room, with illustrations reflecting the culture of the Southbank.
 
 
 
 

Pergola Paddington

Opened 18th October 2018

Pergola Paddington Opened 18th October 2018 One of London's most Instagram friendly food courts, Pergola Paddington has proved to be a big hit and the fashionable food court is back with a winter makeover. Offering a warming cocktails menu, the vast venue, with a covered dining area for 850, has been weather-proofed for winter with thick blankets and heating as well as a transparent roof on the top deck. The four warming winter menus are by Southern Mexican specialists Yucatan, serving spicy, tropically infused Mexican food. Burger legends Patty & Bun are back again, alongside Vietnamese barbecue masters MAM and duck devotees Canard. Each has created a winter menu with a focus on wholesome and hearty dishes. It all adds up to a n ideal spot for a winter outing, fuelled by mulled wine. You can book in for free for groups of up to 199 people or simply walk-in and escape the cold , no booking required. 2018/10/18 Where:
Pergola Paddington, 5 Kingdom Street, Paddington Central London, W2 6PY
Category: British Cuisine

Pergola Paddington, 5 Kingdom Street, Paddington Central, London, W2 6PY

Tube: Paddington Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack Pasco
One of London's most Instagram friendly food courts, Pergola Paddington has proved to be a big hit and the fashionable food court is back with a winter makeover. Offering a warming cocktails menu, the vast venue, with a covered dining area for 850, has been weather-proofed for winter with thick blankets and heating as well as a transparent roof on the top deck. The four warming winter menus are by Southern Mexican specialists Yucatan, serving spicy, tropically infused Mexican food. Burger legends Patty & Bun are back again, alongside Vietnamese barbecue masters MAM and duck devotees Canard. Each has created a winter menu with a focus on wholesome and hearty dishes. It all adds up to a n ideal spot for a winter outing, fuelled by mulled wine. You can book in for free for groups of up to 199 people or simply walk-in and escape the cold , no booking required.
 
 
 

Bankside Hotel

Opened October 2018

Bankside Hotel Opened October 2018 In a six-storey glass structure, part of the One Blackfriars development, Bankside Hotel offers a sleek and modern outlook close to Blackfriars Bridge. Modern mid-century interiors are by interior designer (and former film set producer) Dayna Lee who jointly heads up LA-based Powerstrip Studio. Serving both as a hotel, with 161 light and airy bedrooms, and a community hub (a niche area the Hoxton hotel pioneered), there's a focus on creativity and art. With both the Tate Modern and the Hayward Gallery as neighbours, the hotel has its own large 'white cube' gallery and a function space with capacity for 120 people as well as an in-house fitness centre and a 78-cover restaurant and bar with an outdoor terrace for eating out in warmer months. 2018/10/15 Where:
Bankside Hotel, 2 Blackfriars Road London, SE1 9JU
Category: New Hotels

Bankside Hotel, 2 Blackfriars Road, London, SE1 9JU

Tube: Blackfriars Underground Station, Southwark Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack Pasco
In a six-storey glass structure, part of the One Blackfriars development, Bankside Hotel offers a sleek and modern outlook close to Blackfriars Bridge. Modern mid-century interiors are by interior designer (and former film set producer) Dayna Lee who jointly heads up LA-based Powerstrip Studio. Serving both as a hotel, with 161 light and airy bedrooms, and a community hub (a niche area the Hoxton hotel pioneered), there's a focus on creativity and art. With both the Tate Modern and the Hayward Gallery as neighbours, the hotel has its own large 'white cube' gallery and a function space with capacity for 120 people as well as an in-house fitness centre and a 78-cover restaurant and bar with an outdoor terrace for eating out in warmer months.
 
 
 

Caractere

Opened October 2018

Caractere Opened October 2018 Emily Roux of the famous Roux family - three generations of world class chefs at the top of their game - and her husband and chef Diego Ferrari, currently head chef at Le Gavroche, have their first restaurant together in Caractere. It's "the manifestation of everything we love" says Diego of the Notting Hill restaurant which brings together Emily's Classic French fine dining background, her love of Italian food and Italian-born Diego's heritage. The two met when they both worked at Alain Ducasse's three Michelin starred restaurant, Le Louis XV, in Monaco and have been wanting to open a restaurant together for years. This is the realisation of that dream. The food is the kind, "we love to cook and love to eat" says Emily. Each season the menu changes, supplemented by daily specials, and the wine list offers both French and Italian varieties, predominantly by smaller winemakers. 2018/10/15 Where:
Caractere, 209 Westbourne Park Road London, W11 1EA
Category: Modern European Cuisine

Caractere, 209 Westbourne Park Road, London, W11 1EA

Tube: Westbourne Park Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego Ferrari
Emily Roux of the famous Roux family - three generations of world class chefs at the top of their game - and her husband and chef Diego Ferrari, currently head chef at Le Gavroche, have their first restaurant together in Caractere. It's "the manifestation of everything we love" says Diego of the Notting Hill restaurant which brings together Emily's Classic French fine dining background, her love of Italian food and Italian-born Diego's heritage. The two met when they both worked at Alain Ducasse's three Michelin starred restaurant, Le Louis XV, in Monaco and have been wanting to open a restaurant together for years. This is the realisation of that dream. The food is the kind, "we love to cook and love to eat" says Emily. Each season the menu changes, supplemented by daily specials, and the wine list offers both French and Italian varieties, predominantly by smaller winemakers.
 
 
 

Hicce

Opened October 2018

Hicce Opened October 2018 Pip Lacey's first stand alone restaurant since leaving Michelin starred restaurant Murano and following her win on Great British Menu 2017, hicce (pronounced ee-che) is found within the Wolf & Badger store at King's Cross development, Coal Drops Yard. An 80 cover restaurant with alfresco seating, hicce is a partnership for Pip and long-time friend and business partner Gordy McIntyre, whose front of house, and it's backed by Angela Hartnett. On the all day menu are dishes created from a wood fired fuel source - used for grilling, steaming and smoking. Homemade rye bread with seasonal cheese, cured meats and pickles as well as fish, meat and yakitori cooked over holm oak charcoal are typical dishes. Don't expect to stand on ceremony, the place is very relaxed; a fun place to come for a drink, cheese and charcuterie or something more substantial like spiced pork shoulder cooked with cauliflower and spring onion. Come summer, the restaurant's terrace overlooking Coal Drops Yard is sure to be a popular spot. 2018/10/15 Where:
Hicce, Coal Drops Yard, Stable Street London, N1C 4AB
Category: Italian Cuisine

Hicce, Coal Drops Yard, Stable Street, London, N1C 4AB

Tube: King's Cross Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyre
Pip Lacey's first stand alone restaurant since leaving Michelin starred restaurant Murano and following her win on Great British Menu 2017, hicce (pronounced ee-che) is found within the Wolf & Badger store at King's Cross development, Coal Drops Yard. An 80 cover restaurant with alfresco seating, hicce is a partnership for Pip and long-time friend and business partner Gordy McIntyre, whose front of house, and it's backed by Angela Hartnett. On the all day menu are dishes created from a wood fired fuel source - used for grilling, steaming and smoking. Homemade rye bread with seasonal cheese, cured meats and pickles as well as fish, meat and yakitori cooked over holm oak charcoal are typical dishes. Don't expect to stand on ceremony, the place is very relaxed; a fun place to come for a drink, cheese and charcuterie or something more substantial like spiced pork shoulder cooked with cauliflower and spring onion. Come summer, the restaurant's terrace overlooking Coal Drops Yard is sure to be a popular spot.
 
 
 

Levan

Opened October 2018

Levan Opened October 2018 Following the success of Salon , Nicholas Balfe and his team head further south to Peckham to open their second restaurant, Levan . The focus is on contemporary European dishes, and low-intervention and natural wines, served in a converted warehouse block with natural light streaming in through large wooden sash windows. On one side there's the bar, with high tables and window ledges to sit at as well as tables kept aside for walk-ins. The other side of the space is the dining room, with low mahogany-topped tables and mid-century modernist chairs. Small plates of Comté fries and saffron aioli, Boudin noir, egg yolk and endive as well as more substantial dishes like smoked pollack, spinach, asparagus and vin jaune are complemented by an extensive selection of wine from the Jura region in France. It's these organically minded, left-field wine-makers who provide a huge focus at this appealing all-day restaurant. 2018/10/15 Where:
Levan, 3-4 & 12-16 Blenheim Grove, Peckham Rye London, SE15 4QL
Category: Modern European Cuisine

Levan, 3-4 & 12-16 Blenheim Grove, Peckham Rye, London, SE15 4QL

Tube: Denmark Hill Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russell
Following the success of Salon , Nicholas Balfe and his team head further south to Peckham to open their second restaurant, Levan . The focus is on contemporary European dishes, and low-intervention and natural wines, served in a converted warehouse block with natural light streaming in through large wooden sash windows. On one side there's the bar, with high tables and window ledges to sit at as well as tables kept aside for walk-ins. The other side of the space is the dining room, with low mahogany-topped tables and mid-century modernist chairs. Small plates of Comté fries and saffron aioli, Boudin noir, egg yolk and endive as well as more substantial dishes like smoked pollack, spinach, asparagus and vin jaune are complemented by an extensive selection of wine from the Jura region in France. It's these organically minded, left-field wine-makers who provide a huge focus at this appealing all-day restaurant.
 
 
 
 

The Prince

Opened 10th October 2018

The Prince Opened 10th October 2018 From the people who brought you Pergola on the Roof and Pergola Paddington , The Prince is a fully protected food court with four restaurants, a pub and fairytale garden. Under one roof there are two bars, restaurants and 800 seats in an enclosed woodland pergola garden, all connected to each other via a walkway out the back. It works just like the Pergola pop ups - it's self serve at food kiosks - and the new line up from 10th October 2018 features burgers from Patty & Bun, fried chicken experts Coqfighter, Asian inspired food at Foley's and newcomer Edu, specialising in tapas dishes. The whole thing is centred on a pub - the old Prince of Wales pub in Earls Court - and when it returns this winter the garden gets a beautiful seasonal makeover with warming winter beverages, a cosy pub and a woodland garden filled with winter greenery and foliage. 2018/10/10 Where:
The Prince, 14 Lillie Road London, SW6 1TT
Category:

The Prince, 14 Lillie Road, London, SW6 1TT

Tube: West Brompton Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco Photography
From the people who brought you Pergola on the Roof and Pergola Paddington , The Prince is a fully protected food court with four restaurants, a pub and fairytale garden. Under one roof there are two bars, restaurants and 800 seats in an enclosed woodland pergola garden, all connected to each other via a walkway out the back. It works just like the Pergola pop ups - it's self serve at food kiosks - and the new line up from 10th October 2018 features burgers from Patty & Bun, fried chicken experts Coqfighter, Asian inspired food at Foley's and newcomer Edu, specialising in tapas dishes. The whole thing is centred on a pub - the old Prince of Wales pub in Earls Court - and when it returns this winter the garden gets a beautiful seasonal makeover with warming winter beverages, a cosy pub and a woodland garden filled with winter greenery and foliage.
 
 
 

Tracks & Records

Opened 10th October 2018

Tracks & Records Opened 10th October 2018 No need to bolt your food. Or sprint to the dessert. It may be owned by Usain Bolt, the fastest man alive, but speed is not of the essence at Tracks & Records . Quite the opposite, in fact. Bolt's Shoreditch restaurant offers a slower pace of life and an authentic slice of Jamaica with Caribbean flavours, bespoke drinks, reggae and dub sounds and a late lounge with live DJ sets. Bolt's favourite foods, like jerk chicken and pork and fried fish and bammy, are on the menu. The space, split across two floors, features a mix of modern wall art and vinyls - interiors created with Bolt's style in mind - as well as Usain's sports memorabilia. D ownstairs a stylish bar, dancefloor and club is the place to go for reggae music and live DJs who play until the late. Alongside, there's a Jamaican-inspired chillout area for full immersion into the island's laid back vibe. The rum bar, which has a carefully curated, extensive collection of over 150 global rums, features 100 Jamaican rums. 2018/10/10 Where:
Tracks & Records, 94 Middlesex Street London, E1 7EZ
Category: Caribbean Cuisine

Tracks & Records, 94 Middlesex Street, London, E1 7EZ

Tube: Aldgate Station, Aldgate East Underground Station, Aldgate East Station, Liverpool Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco Photography
No need to bolt your food. Or sprint to the dessert. It may be owned by Usain Bolt, the fastest man alive, but speed is not of the essence at Tracks & Records . Quite the opposite, in fact. Bolt's Shoreditch restaurant offers a slower pace of life and an authentic slice of Jamaica with Caribbean flavours, bespoke drinks, reggae and dub sounds and a late lounge with live DJ sets. Bolt's favourite foods, like jerk chicken and pork and fried fish and bammy, are on the menu. The space, split across two floors, features a mix of modern wall art and vinyls - interiors created with Bolt's style in mind - as well as Usain's sports memorabilia. D ownstairs a stylish bar, dancefloor and club is the place to go for reggae music and live DJs who play until the late. Alongside, there's a Jamaican-inspired chillout area for full immersion into the island's laid back vibe. The rum bar, which has a carefully curated, extensive collection of over 150 global rums, features 100 Jamaican rums.
 
 
 

Harry's Bar

Opened 9th October 2018

Harry's Bar Opened 9th October 2018 Inspired by its namesake, the Mayfair private members' club on South Audley Street in the '70s, Harry's Bar plays up the Italian glamour. Adding to the already plentiful dining options in St. Christopher's Place, the pretty pedestrianised area just off Oxford Street, the restaurant is a fun place to feast on unfussy Italian favourites. Set in 1950s style surroundings, banquettes and bright, colourful artwork nod to mid-century Italy while Italian wines and cocktails with a twist - don't miss the Infinite Negroni and Limoncello Spritz - are served at the wood panelled bar and on the large terrace outside. Highlights from the all-day menu include insalata caprese, carpaccio di manzo, and calamari fritti as antipasti, pizza and pastas as mains. Diego Cardoso, who has enjoyed success at the first Harry's site, Harry's Dolce Vita, heads up the kitchen bringing with him years of experience, most notably Angela Hartnett's Michelin-starred Italian Murano, in Mayfair. 2018/10/09 Where:
Harry's Bar, 30-34 James Street London, W1U 1EU
Category: Italian Cuisine

Harry's Bar, 30-34 James Street, London, W1U 1EU

Tube: Bond Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Carey
Inspired by its namesake, the Mayfair private members' club on South Audley Street in the '70s, Harry's Bar plays up the Italian glamour. Adding to the already plentiful dining options in St. Christopher's Place, the pretty pedestrianised area just off Oxford Street, the restaurant is a fun place to feast on unfussy Italian favourites. Set in 1950s style surroundings, banquettes and bright, colourful artwork nod to mid-century Italy while Italian wines and cocktails with a twist - don't miss the Infinite Negroni and Limoncello Spritz - are served at the wood panelled bar and on the large terrace outside. Highlights from the all-day menu include insalata caprese, carpaccio di manzo, and calamari fritti as antipasti, pizza and pastas as mains. Diego Cardoso, who has enjoyed success at the first Harry's site, Harry's Dolce Vita, heads up the kitchen bringing with him years of experience, most notably Angela Hartnett's Michelin-starred Italian Murano, in Mayfair.
 
 
 

Blacklock Shoreditch

Opened 8th October 2018

Blacklock Shoreditch Opened 8th October 2018 Set in a former Victorian warehouse on Rivington Street where Rivington Grill used to be, Blacklock Shoreditch brings quality chops, steaks and sides to East London. If you've been to Blacklock in the City or Soho you know the deal. Meaty treats are cooked over charcoal and aided by a vintage Blacklock Foundry iron - hence the name. This branch also gives Sunday Roast fans a reason to visit: the OFM award-winning Blacklock Sunday Lunch is available here (so avoiding the two month waiting list for the same deal in Soho). Choose between 55-day aged beef rump, Cornish lamb leg or Middlewhite pork loin (served with all the trimmings, including the famous bone marrow gravy). Can't choose? T ry them all for just £20 a head. A large, separate bar gives you a bespoke cocktail list, curated in partnership with one of New York's hottest speakeasy bars, Slowly Shirley. The drinks menu is full of reimagined classics, starting from just a fiver. 2018/10/08 Where:
Blacklock Shoreditch, 28-30 Rivington Street London, EC2A 3DZ
Category:

Blacklock Shoreditch, 28-30 Rivington Street, London, EC2A 3DZ

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef Photography
Set in a former Victorian warehouse on Rivington Street where Rivington Grill used to be, Blacklock Shoreditch brings quality chops, steaks and sides to East London. If you've been to Blacklock in the City or Soho you know the deal. Meaty treats are cooked over charcoal and aided by a vintage Blacklock Foundry iron - hence the name. This branch also gives Sunday Roast fans a reason to visit: the OFM award-winning Blacklock Sunday Lunch is available here (so avoiding the two month waiting list for the same deal in Soho). Choose between 55-day aged beef rump, Cornish lamb leg or Middlewhite pork loin (served with all the trimmings, including the famous bone marrow gravy). Can't choose? T ry them all for just £20 a head. A large, separate bar gives you a bespoke cocktail list, curated in partnership with one of New York's hottest speakeasy bars, Slowly Shirley. The drinks menu is full of reimagined classics, starting from just a fiver.
 
 
 

The Parrot

Opened early October 2018

The Parrot Opened early October 2018 Actor, DJ and producer Idris Elba is set to ruffle feathers with The Parrot, an intimate cocktail bar within the Waldorf Hilton. It's all very A-list and exclusive with a hidden cocktail menu, secret shows and a guest list. What's more, you can arrive in style, in the bar's own branded chauffeur-driven Aston Martin. Idris is joined by identical twin brothers, Lee and Nicky Caulfield, in setting The Parrot on its perch. Both the menu and interiors at the 60 seat bar are inspired by the tropical surroundings native to the parrot, so expect fern leaf wallpaper, green, curved fish scale handmade tiles and pink velvet armchairs. This is a tropical hideaway where you get good cocktails, small plates and nightly entertainment with well known tunes by the professional house band as well as unannounced appearances from well known stars. 2018/10/06 Where:
The Parrot, The Waldorf Hilton London, WC2B 4DD
Category: Bars

The Parrot, The Waldorf Hilton, London, WC2B 4DD

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Temple Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef Photography
Actor, DJ and producer Idris Elba is set to ruffle feathers with The Parrot, an intimate cocktail bar within the Waldorf Hilton. It's all very A-list and exclusive with a hidden cocktail menu, secret shows and a guest list. What's more, you can arrive in style, in the bar's own branded chauffeur-driven Aston Martin. Idris is joined by identical twin brothers, Lee and Nicky Caulfield, in setting The Parrot on its perch. Both the menu and interiors at the 60 seat bar are inspired by the tropical surroundings native to the parrot, so expect fern leaf wallpaper, green, curved fish scale handmade tiles and pink velvet armchairs. This is a tropical hideaway where you get good cocktails, small plates and nightly entertainment with well known tunes by the professional house band as well as unannounced appearances from well known stars.
 
 
 
 

Flat Iron Kings Cross

Opened 4th October 2018

Flat Iron Kings Cross Opened 4th October 2018 Founded by self-taught butcher Charlie Carroll and originally conceived as a pop up back in 2012, Flat Iron has since built up a loyal following via its popular steak restaurants in Soho, Covent Garden, Shoreditch and on Golborne Road. The focus at Flat Iron is on the more affordable flat iron cut of steak but there are also regular specials like a deep fried bearnaise burger and grassfed wagyu bavette, if you're happy to fork out a bit more. Steak comes with salad and a choice of tempting sides like creamed spinach and classic beef dripping chips or wagyu fries, cooked in wagyu fat which is prized for its sweet nutty flavour. For pudding, made to order ice cream is served from the dedicated ice cream station at the heart of the restaurant. Enjoy with craft beers or cocktails, shaken up behind the bar. 2018/10/04 Where:
Flat Iron Kings Cross, 47-51 Caledonian Road London, N1 9BU
Category: American Cuisine

Flat Iron Kings Cross, 47-51 Caledonian Road, London, N1 9BU

Tube: King's Cross Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef Photography
Founded by self-taught butcher Charlie Carroll and originally conceived as a pop up back in 2012, Flat Iron has since built up a loyal following via its popular steak restaurants in Soho, Covent Garden, Shoreditch and on Golborne Road. The focus at Flat Iron is on the more affordable flat iron cut of steak but there are also regular specials like a deep fried bearnaise burger and grassfed wagyu bavette, if you're happy to fork out a bit more. Steak comes with salad and a choice of tempting sides like creamed spinach and classic beef dripping chips or wagyu fries, cooked in wagyu fat which is prized for its sweet nutty flavour. For pudding, made to order ice cream is served from the dedicated ice cream station at the heart of the restaurant. Enjoy with craft beers or cocktails, shaken up behind the bar.
 
 
 

Sticks'n'Sushi, Kings Road

Opened 1st October 2018

Sticks'n'Sushi, Kings Road Opened 1st October 2018 The largest Sticks'n'Sushi to open to date, the three-storey restaurant on the Kings Road has a 'restaurant-within-a-restaurant' in the private dining room downstairs. The Danish owned Japanese restaurant group first opened the original Sticks'n'Sushi site in Copenhagen in 1994. Combining Japanese and Nordic dining, the menu is a mix of freshly-crafted sushi and sizzling yakitori sticks - loaded with chicken, red meat and vegetables - served straight from the grill. This Kings Road branch, the sixth Sticks'n'Sushi restaurant in London, has a modern, minimalist design with clean angles and a stony colour palette. The focal point of the 90-cover ground floor is an open kitchen-island visible from everywhere in the room, so there's a real sense of theatre. Upstairs you'll find counter seating, low banquettes as well as larger booths and a long communal table, a familiar fixture of Sticks'n'Sushi. If you like this you can find more Sticks'n'Sushi in Wimbledon, Covent Garden, Greenwich, Canary Wharf and Victoria. 2018/10/01 Where:
Sticks'n'Sushi, Kings Road, 113-115 Kings Road London, SW3 4NT
Category: Japanese Cuisine

Sticks'n'Sushi, Kings Road, 113-115 Kings Road, London, SW3 4NT

Tube: Sloane Square Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exterior
The largest Sticks'n'Sushi to open to date, the three-storey restaurant on the Kings Road has a 'restaurant-within-a-restaurant' in the private dining room downstairs. The Danish owned Japanese restaurant group first opened the original Sticks'n'Sushi site in Copenhagen in 1994. Combining Japanese and Nordic dining, the menu is a mix of freshly-crafted sushi and sizzling yakitori sticks - loaded with chicken, red meat and vegetables - served straight from the grill. This Kings Road branch, the sixth Sticks'n'Sushi restaurant in London, has a modern, minimalist design with clean angles and a stony colour palette. The focal point of the 90-cover ground floor is an open kitchen-island visible from everywhere in the room, so there's a real sense of theatre. Upstairs you'll find counter seating, low banquettes as well as larger booths and a long communal table, a familiar fixture of Sticks'n'Sushi. If you like this you can find more Sticks'n'Sushi in Wimbledon, Covent Garden, Greenwich, Canary Wharf and Victoria.
 
 
 

Cecconi's Shoreditch

Opened 1st October 2018

Cecconi's Shoreditch Opened 1st October 2018 Northern Italian cicchetti, pizza and pasta. Open for breakfast, lunch and dinner seven days a week. This latest addition joins the original Mayfair restaurant and Cecconi's at The Ned in the City of London. 2018/10/01 Where:
Cecconi's Shoreditch, 58-60 Redchurch Street London, E2 7DP
Category: Italian Cuisine

Cecconi's Shoreditch, 58-60 Redchurch Street, London, E2 7DP

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
Northern Italian cicchetti, pizza and pasta. Open for breakfast, lunch and dinner seven days a week. This latest addition joins the original Mayfair restaurant and Cecconi's at The Ned in the City of London.
 
 
 

The East London Hotel

Opened 1st October 2018

The East London Hotel Opened 1st October 2018 An affordable, stylish place to stay, The East London Hotel has an informal bar and restaurant and some of its 161 rooms overlook the V&A Museum of Childhood's gardens. Well located for an overnight stay in East London, the independent hotel is a two or three minute from Bethnal Green Underground Station from where the central line takes you to the West End in thirteen minutes. Stay local and you can enjoy all the restaurants and bars of Paradise Row - which m any of the hotel's rooms overlook. It's not much further to Columbia Road Flower Market , Brick Lane and leafy Victoria Park - all within easy walking distance. Some rooms can be interconnected for families and all rooms come with super comfy Millbrook mattresses - made with cashmere, silk, lamb's wool and cotton - Nespresso machines, shower gel by Rituals and 43-inch smart TVs. C ocktails, craft beers and locally sourced dishes are served at Due East, the in-house bar and restaurant, where suppliers includes local companies like Grind Coffee, E5 Bakery , East London Bagels, Red Church Brewery and the East London Liquor Company . 2018/10/01 Where:
The East London Hotel, 309-317 Cambridge Heath Road London, E2 9LH
Category: New Hotels

The East London Hotel, 309-317 Cambridge Heath Road, London, E2 9LH

Tube: Bethnal Green Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exterior
An affordable, stylish place to stay, The East London Hotel has an informal bar and restaurant and some of its 161 rooms overlook the V&A Museum of Childhood's gardens. Well located for an overnight stay in East London, the independent hotel is a two or three minute from Bethnal Green Underground Station from where the central line takes you to the West End in thirteen minutes. Stay local and you can enjoy all the restaurants and bars of Paradise Row - which m any of the hotel's rooms overlook. It's not much further to Columbia Road Flower Market , Brick Lane and leafy Victoria Park - all within easy walking distance. Some rooms can be interconnected for families and all rooms come with super comfy Millbrook mattresses - made with cashmere, silk, lamb's wool and cotton - Nespresso machines, shower gel by Rituals and 43-inch smart TVs. C ocktails, craft beers and locally sourced dishes are served at Due East, the in-house bar and restaurant, where suppliers includes local companies like Grind Coffee, E5 Bakery , East London Bagels, Red Church Brewery and the East London Liquor Company .
 
 
 

Mariage Freres

Opened September 2018

Mariage Freres Opened September 2018 France's oldest tea house, Mariage Freres , trading in Paris since 1854, offers 1,000 different teas and a museum of tea, housed in a beautiful five-storey listed Georgian townhouse on Covent Garden's King Street. Offering the largest collection of teas in the world, from vintage and rare to fruit and herbal, the UK flagship of Mariage Freres combines a stunning retail space with a restaurant specialising in tea gastronomy, a tea museum and two private event spaces. The Comptoir de Thé on the ground floor is an expansive tea emporium, incorporating the longest tea wall in the world, with close to 1,000 varieties of rare teas from over 36 countries. The collection covers tea of every colour - from white, yellow, green, blue and black to red - displayed apothecary-style in antique black canisters alongside fruit teas, vintage varieties, unique harvests and the brand's signature Marco Polo blend . The ornate 100-cover Salon de Thé is o n the first floor with the Musée du Thé on the floor above, showcasing a collection of curiosities, tea chests, pewter boxes, caddies and teapots - it gives a fascinating insight into the history of tea. 2018/09/30 Where:
Mariage Freres, 38 King Street London, WC2E 8JR
Category: Afternoon Tea

Mariage Freres, 38 King Street, London, WC2E 8JR

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station, Charing Cross Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exterior
France's oldest tea house, Mariage Freres , trading in Paris since 1854, offers 1,000 different teas and a museum of tea, housed in a beautiful five-storey listed Georgian townhouse on Covent Garden's King Street. Offering the largest collection of teas in the world, from vintage and rare to fruit and herbal, the UK flagship of Mariage Freres combines a stunning retail space with a restaurant specialising in tea gastronomy, a tea museum and two private event spaces. The Comptoir de Thé on the ground floor is an expansive tea emporium, incorporating the longest tea wall in the world, with close to 1,000 varieties of rare teas from over 36 countries. The collection covers tea of every colour - from white, yellow, green, blue and black to red - displayed apothecary-style in antique black canisters alongside fruit teas, vintage varieties, unique harvests and the brand's signature Marco Polo blend . The ornate 100-cover Salon de Thé is o n the first floor with the Musée du Thé on the floor above, showcasing a collection of curiosities, tea chests, pewter boxes, caddies and teapots - it gives a fascinating insight into the history of tea.
 
 
 
 

VIVI

Opened September 2018

VIVI Opened September 2018 Inspired by the 1960s, echoing Centre Point's 1966 completion, the menu at VIVI is unashamedly nostalgic British comfort food. Housed in the distinctive 385 foot tall building in Oxford Street, VIVI is an all day restaurant at Centre Point, occupying the main floor of the bridge link overlooking the square and Oxford Street. Run by rhubarb (who also do the food at the Sky Garden, Verdi Italian Kitchen at the Royal Albert Hall and Gallery Mess at the Saatchi Gallery), the restaurant serves modern versions of favourite old school dishes like chicken a la king, putting sauteed chicken, mushrooms, cream and white wine with hot biscuits. Cauliflower cheese croquettes with slow roasted tomatoes and Lea & Perrins sauce is best followed by banana splits to share. Divided into four areas, VIVI includes: a bar serving cocktails paired to the bites menu; a dining area where you can get an all-day British menu of modernised classics; VIVI Liquid Lounge for power shakes and superfood shots; and VIVI Gallery, serving an express menu of small bites as well as leisurely afternoon teas - with views over New Oxford Street. 2018/09/30 Where:
VIVI, Centre Point, New Oxford Street, 11 St Giles Square London, WC2H 8AP
Category: British Cuisine

VIVI, Centre Point, New Oxford Street, 11 St Giles Square, London, WC2H 8AP

Tube: Tottenham Court Road Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exterior
Inspired by the 1960s, echoing Centre Point's 1966 completion, the menu at VIVI is unashamedly nostalgic British comfort food. Housed in the distinctive 385 foot tall building in Oxford Street, VIVI is an all day restaurant at Centre Point, occupying the main floor of the bridge link overlooking the square and Oxford Street. Run by rhubarb (who also do the food at the Sky Garden, Verdi Italian Kitchen at the Royal Albert Hall and Gallery Mess at the Saatchi Gallery), the restaurant serves modern versions of favourite old school dishes like chicken a la king, putting sauteed chicken, mushrooms, cream and white wine with hot biscuits. Cauliflower cheese croquettes with slow roasted tomatoes and Lea & Perrins sauce is best followed by banana splits to share. Divided into four areas, VIVI includes: a bar serving cocktails paired to the bites menu; a dining area where you can get an all-day British menu of modernised classics; VIVI Liquid Lounge for power shakes and superfood shots; and VIVI Gallery, serving an express menu of small bites as well as leisurely afternoon teas - with views over New Oxford Street.
 
 
 

Pergola Olympia

Opened 27th September 2018

Pergola Olympia Opened 27th September 2018 Pergola, who raised the bar with their rooftop pop up at the BBC, go to new heights with an all-weather botanical bolthole on the fifth floor of the Olympia Car Park while Olympia itself undergoes a £700 million regeneration project. West Londoners have been waiting for a return of their favourite rooftop hangout and t his time, unlike the others before it, Pergola Olympia is fully enclosed and open all year round with vast floor to ceiling glass walls offering sweeping views across the city . Burger makers Patty & Bun, crustacean specialists CLAW and pizza peddlers Passo give you three independent restaurants to choose from and there's a huge open bar. Get a cocktail or a bottle of wine and choose a seat at the communal tables among the green foliage - a mix of overgrown ivy and botanical planters. Group bookings are free for up to 199 people - and there are upholstered booths available for those group bookings - or you can simple walk in, no reservation required. 2018/09/27 Where:
Pergola Olympia, Level Five Rooftop Olympia Car Park, Olympia Way London, W14 8UX
Category:

Pergola Olympia, Level Five Rooftop Olympia Car Park, Olympia Way, London, W14 8UX

Tube: Kensington (Olympia) Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exterior
Pergola, who raised the bar with their rooftop pop up at the BBC, go to new heights with an all-weather botanical bolthole on the fifth floor of the Olympia Car Park while Olympia itself undergoes a £700 million regeneration project. West Londoners have been waiting for a return of their favourite rooftop hangout and t his time, unlike the others before it, Pergola Olympia is fully enclosed and open all year round with vast floor to ceiling glass walls offering sweeping views across the city . Burger makers Patty & Bun, crustacean specialists CLAW and pizza peddlers Passo give you three independent restaurants to choose from and there's a huge open bar. Get a cocktail or a bottle of wine and choose a seat at the communal tables among the green foliage - a mix of overgrown ivy and botanical planters. Group bookings are free for up to 199 people - and there are upholstered booths available for those group bookings - or you can simple walk in, no reservation required.
 
 
 

Kahani

Opened 18th September 2018

Kahani Opened 18th September 2018 The first solo restaurant from Peter Joseph, Kahani brings contemporary Indian dishes to Chelsea. Formerly head chef at Mayfair's Tamarind - the world's first Michelin-starred Indian restaurant - Joseph now wants to focus on informal, community cooking with a menu inspired by the cuisines of his two home countries. The food showcases a contemporary approach to Indian cooking while celebrating seasonal and sustainable British ingredients, focusing on grilled meats, fish and vegetables from the robata grill. In keeping with the social and informal theme, starters are served as finger food with highlights including tandoori calamari with Kasundi mustard and a platter of venison, kid goat and chicken tikkas samosas. The menu also features a 'classics' section, two curries and a selection on indulgent desserts. 2018/09/18 Where:
Kahani, 1 Wilbraham Place London, SW1X 9AE
Category: Indian/South Asian Cuisine

Kahani, 1 Wilbraham Place, London, SW1X 9AE

Tube: Sloane Square Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Joseph
The first solo restaurant from Peter Joseph, Kahani brings contemporary Indian dishes to Chelsea. Formerly head chef at Mayfair's Tamarind - the world's first Michelin-starred Indian restaurant - Joseph now wants to focus on informal, community cooking with a menu inspired by the cuisines of his two home countries. The food showcases a contemporary approach to Indian cooking while celebrating seasonal and sustainable British ingredients, focusing on grilled meats, fish and vegetables from the robata grill. In keeping with the social and informal theme, starters are served as finger food with highlights including tandoori calamari with Kasundi mustard and a platter of venison, kid goat and chicken tikkas samosas. The menu also features a 'classics' section, two curries and a selection on indulgent desserts.
 
 
 

Little Kolkata

Opened 17th September 2018

Little Kolkata Opened 17th September 2018 After a series of successful sell-out supper clubs, Little Kolkata has a permanent home in Covent Garden, serving authentic Bengali cuisine in a dining room by French designer Meddhi Larouci. A comfortable and relaxed space to enjoy the traditional Bengali-style food inspired by co-founders Prabir Chattopadhyay, who was brought up in Calcutta, and Biswajit Deb Das whose ancestral roots are in Bangladesh. Typical dishes include sharing plates of Maacher cutlet, a cod fish cutlet served with the typical Calcuttan mustard sauce Kashundi, and Lilish Maacher Deemer, a spiced fish egg from the Hilsa which has proved to be very popular in Bengal. For traditional desserts try the Calcutta Mishti Doi, a baked sweet yoghurt, and the Cardamom coffee brownie with rose ice-cream, which has been inspired by the famous Swiss patisserie in Calcutta, Flury's. As well as the main space there's a private dining room, available for hire and open to the public for themed evenings. 2018/09/17 Where:
Little Kolkata, 51-53 Shelton Street London, WC2H 9JU
Category: Indian/South Asian Cuisine

Little Kolkata, 51-53 Shelton Street, London, WC2H 9JU

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Holborn Station, Leicester Square Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Joseph
After a series of successful sell-out supper clubs, Little Kolkata has a permanent home in Covent Garden, serving authentic Bengali cuisine in a dining room by French designer Meddhi Larouci. A comfortable and relaxed space to enjoy the traditional Bengali-style food inspired by co-founders Prabir Chattopadhyay, who was brought up in Calcutta, and Biswajit Deb Das whose ancestral roots are in Bangladesh. Typical dishes include sharing plates of Maacher cutlet, a cod fish cutlet served with the typical Calcuttan mustard sauce Kashundi, and Lilish Maacher Deemer, a spiced fish egg from the Hilsa which has proved to be very popular in Bengal. For traditional desserts try the Calcutta Mishti Doi, a baked sweet yoghurt, and the Cardamom coffee brownie with rose ice-cream, which has been inspired by the famous Swiss patisserie in Calcutta, Flury's. As well as the main space there's a private dining room, available for hire and open to the public for themed evenings.
 
 
 

Maison Bab

Opened 17th September 2018

Maison Bab Opened 17th September 2018 They've already given the humble kebab a makeover with Le Bab but Stephen Tozer and Ed Brunet take it to another level with Maison Bab. A truly modern kebab house, this place includes a hidden fine dining restaurant downstairs - the Kebab Queen - a 10-seater space where Le Bab executive chef Manu Canales (previously sous chef at the two Michelin-starred Le Gavroche) is in the kitchen serving a six-course kebab-centric tasting menu. I n the main restaurant the vibe is more relaxed. The eight-strong kebab menu - handmade from scratch and served in flatbreads made using focaccia-style dough - is supplemented by starter dishes, manoushe - Lebanese pizza - sides and desserts. There's a particular focus on vegan dishes alongside the meatier dishes. Cocktails made with pisco and dry vermouth, wines by the glass and craft beer, including London Beer Factory's Bohemia on tap, complete the drinks list. W ith a dusty pink colour theme uniting both spaces, the ground floor restaurant offers spacious booth seating in racing green while the basement Kebab Queen has walls decorated with 50,000 playing cards. 2018/09/17 Where:
Maison Bab, 4 Mercer Walk London, WC2H 9FA
Category: Middle Eastern Cuisine

Maison Bab, 4 Mercer Walk, London, WC2H 9FA

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De Souza
They've already given the humble kebab a makeover with Le Bab but Stephen Tozer and Ed Brunet take it to another level with Maison Bab. A truly modern kebab house, this place includes a hidden fine dining restaurant downstairs - the Kebab Queen - a 10-seater space where Le Bab executive chef Manu Canales (previously sous chef at the two Michelin-starred Le Gavroche) is in the kitchen serving a six-course kebab-centric tasting menu. I n the main restaurant the vibe is more relaxed. The eight-strong kebab menu - handmade from scratch and served in flatbreads made using focaccia-style dough - is supplemented by starter dishes, manoushe - Lebanese pizza - sides and desserts. There's a particular focus on vegan dishes alongside the meatier dishes. Cocktails made with pisco and dry vermouth, wines by the glass and craft beer, including London Beer Factory's Bohemia on tap, complete the drinks list. W ith a dusty pink colour theme uniting both spaces, the ground floor restaurant offers spacious booth seating in racing green while the basement Kebab Queen has walls decorated with 50,000 playing cards.
 
 
 
 

Flesh & Buns

Opened September 2018

Flesh & Buns Opened September 2018 Popular izakaya Flesh & Buns is supersized for its second restaurant. This Fitzrovia restaurant, just north of Oxford Street (or Noho, if you like), is the big sister to Covent Garden's Flesh & Buns and has a Peruvian Nikkei vibe as well as the old izakaya favourites. These include crispy piglet belly with pickled apple, added to with ceviche and tiradito. Owner restaurateur Ross Shonhan, who also set up Bone Daddies, started a trend for bao restaurants in London. With Flesh & Buns he's doing the same for izakayas, bringing the informal style of Japanese pub to the capital. Sip on signature frozen yuzu margaritas and Peruvian Pisco sour - using the 'press for Pisco' button next to your table. 2018/09/15 Where:
Flesh & Buns, 32 Berners Street London, W1T 3LR
Category: Japanese Cuisine

Flesh & Buns, 32 Berners Street, London, W1T 3LR

Tube: Goodge Street Station, Tottenham Court Road Station, Oxford Circus Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De Souza
Popular izakaya Flesh & Buns is supersized for its second restaurant. This Fitzrovia restaurant, just north of Oxford Street (or Noho, if you like), is the big sister to Covent Garden's Flesh & Buns and has a Peruvian Nikkei vibe as well as the old izakaya favourites. These include crispy piglet belly with pickled apple, added to with ceviche and tiradito. Owner restaurateur Ross Shonhan, who also set up Bone Daddies, started a trend for bao restaurants in London. With Flesh & Buns he's doing the same for izakayas, bringing the informal style of Japanese pub to the capital. Sip on signature frozen yuzu margaritas and Peruvian Pisco sour - using the 'press for Pisco' button next to your table.
 
 
 

Jolene

Opened mid September 2018

Jolene Opened mid September 2018 A bakery restaurant from the pair behind Primeur and Westerns Laundry, Jolene is a joint venture between Jeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell who have teamed up with farmer Andy Cato. Andy supplies the wheat grains - chemical-free crops grown in a sustainable way - which are at the core of the Newington Green bakery, showcased in dishes like stuffed pasta, sweet tarts and bread, apricot and butter pudding. Naroques bread, sausage rolls, madeleines and cinnamon buns are just some of the freshly baked goods to take away. The wines follow a stripped-back approach, chosen by Jeremie and his team of sommeliers from Primeur and Westerns, with a small selection of natural whites, reds and sparkling wines. Interiors are simple, raw and earthy, making use of mud and lyme wash for the walls, softened by textured banquettes and Thonet chairs. Sit at one of two big sharing tables in the middle of the room, or opt for counter seating overlooking the kitchen and bakery or the front terrace. 2018/09/15 Where:
Jolene, 21 Newington Green London, N16 9PU
Category: Delicatessens

Jolene, 21 Newington Green, London, N16 9PU

Tube: Highbury & Islington Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia Niven
A bakery restaurant from the pair behind Primeur and Westerns Laundry, Jolene is a joint venture between Jeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell who have teamed up with farmer Andy Cato. Andy supplies the wheat grains - chemical-free crops grown in a sustainable way - which are at the core of the Newington Green bakery, showcased in dishes like stuffed pasta, sweet tarts and bread, apricot and butter pudding. Naroques bread, sausage rolls, madeleines and cinnamon buns are just some of the freshly baked goods to take away. The wines follow a stripped-back approach, chosen by Jeremie and his team of sommeliers from Primeur and Westerns, with a small selection of natural whites, reds and sparkling wines. Interiors are simple, raw and earthy, making use of mud and lyme wash for the walls, softened by textured banquettes and Thonet chairs. Sit at one of two big sharing tables in the middle of the room, or opt for counter seating overlooking the kitchen and bakery or the front terrace.
 
 
 

Wahlburgers

Opened September 2018

Wahlburgers Opened September 2018 As if being a bone fide movie star wasn't enough, rapper-turned-actor Mark Wahlberg of Marky Mark fame, has set up burger franchise Wahlberger with his brothers, former New Kids on the Block star Donnie and chef Paul Wahlberg. The restaurant chain has 16 locations (and counting) in the US and it also features on its own eponymous reality television series. This Covent Garden restaurant is their first venture outside America and, like the rest of the chain, takes inspiration from the family meals cooked by Mr Wahlberg senior when the siblings were children. The menu is filled with high quality homemade burgers and sandwiches, fresh salads and shakes - the kind the frontman of the Funky Bunch grew up on. 2018/09/15 Where:
Wahlburgers, 8-9 James Street London, WC2E 8BH
Category:

Wahlburgers, 8-9 James Street, London, WC2E 8BH

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger
As if being a bone fide movie star wasn't enough, rapper-turned-actor Mark Wahlberg of Marky Mark fame, has set up burger franchise Wahlberger with his brothers, former New Kids on the Block star Donnie and chef Paul Wahlberg. The restaurant chain has 16 locations (and counting) in the US and it also features on its own eponymous reality television series. This Covent Garden restaurant is their first venture outside America and, like the rest of the chain, takes inspiration from the family meals cooked by Mr Wahlberg senior when the siblings were children. The menu is filled with high quality homemade burgers and sandwiches, fresh salads and shakes - the kind the frontman of the Funky Bunch grew up on.
 
 
 

Mr Fogg's Society of Exploration

Opened 14th September 2018

Mr Fogg's Society of Exploration Opened 14th September 2018 Mr Fogg's adventures around the globe (well, London, more like) continue apace with the opening of Mr Fogg's Society of Exploration on The Strand just two months after Mr Fogg's House of Botanicals launched in Fitzrovia. The London bars take inspiration from Jules Verne's most famous adventurer, Phileas Fogg, leading to Mr Fogg's in Mayfair, Mr Fogg's Tavern and Mr Fogg's Gin Parlour. 2018 also sees the arrival of Mrs Fogg's and there are more Mr Fogg's planned for 2019. At this Coven Garden drinking den, just a stone's throw from Charing Cross station, the Map Room downstairs houses a collection of antique and modern-day maps and offers global drinking adventures, from cocktail masterclasses to spirit safaris. More curiosities come in the shape of a train carriage and a marvellous mechanical machine where you trigger a chain reaction to make your drink with touch of a button. 2018/09/14 Where:
Mr Fogg's Society of Exploration, 1A Bedford Street London, WC2E 9HH
Category: Bars

Mr Fogg's Society of Exploration, 1A Bedford Street, London, WC2E 9HH

Tube: Charing Cross Station, Embankment Underground Station, Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station

 
 
Mr Fogg's adventures around the globe (well, London, more like) continue apace with the opening of Mr Fogg's Society of Exploration on The Strand just two months after Mr Fogg's House of Botanicals launched in Fitzrovia. The London bars take inspiration from Jules Verne's most famous adventurer, Phileas Fogg, leading to Mr Fogg's in Mayfair, Mr Fogg's Tavern and Mr Fogg's Gin Parlour. 2018 also sees the arrival of Mrs Fogg's and there are more Mr Fogg's planned for 2019. At this Coven Garden drinking den, just a stone's throw from Charing Cross station, the Map Room downstairs houses a collection of antique and modern-day maps and offers global drinking adventures, from cocktail masterclasses to spirit safaris. More curiosities come in the shape of a train carriage and a marvellous mechanical machine where you trigger a chain reaction to make your drink with touch of a button.
 
 
 

Genesis

Opened 11th September 2018

Genesis Opened 11th September 2018 Adding to the vegan options sprouting up across London, Genesis brings organic, GMO-free vegan food to Shoreditch. Opened by the Santoro brothers, Alex and Oliver, the duo behind vegan food company Raw Imagination, the restaurant aims to appeal to vegans and meat-eaters alike while also supporting organic farming practices in order to have a positive impact on diners' health and the planet's ecosystems. The menu is made up of a selection of sharing plates, salads, soups, tacos, burgers and hot dogs, all created using organic fruits, vegetables, grains, nuts and seeds. Inspired by dishes found across the world, dishes include Indian street food snack of Aloo Tikki Chaat; Tel Aviv Cauliflower with tahini, almonds and cranberries; Shawarma with Israeli salad, chilli, pickles, garlic sauce, tahini dressing and sumac; and Char Kway Teow, a popular Malaysian dish of brown rice noodles, stir-fried vegetables and black bean sauce. The American Woman burger is another signature dish along with the Bánh Mì Dog Bombay Dog and New York Dog. 2018/09/11 Where:
Genesis, 144 Commercial Street London, E1 6NU
Category:

Genesis, 144 Commercial Street, London, E1 6NU

Tube: Liverpool Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger
Adding to the vegan options sprouting up across London, Genesis brings organic, GMO-free vegan food to Shoreditch. Opened by the Santoro brothers, Alex and Oliver, the duo behind vegan food company Raw Imagination, the restaurant aims to appeal to vegans and meat-eaters alike while also supporting organic farming practices in order to have a positive impact on diners' health and the planet's ecosystems. The menu is made up of a selection of sharing plates, salads, soups, tacos, burgers and hot dogs, all created using organic fruits, vegetables, grains, nuts and seeds. Inspired by dishes found across the world, dishes include Indian street food snack of Aloo Tikki Chaat; Tel Aviv Cauliflower with tahini, almonds and cranberries; Shawarma with Israeli salad, chilli, pickles, garlic sauce, tahini dressing and sumac; and Char Kway Teow, a popular Malaysian dish of brown rice noodles, stir-fried vegetables and black bean sauce. The American Woman burger is another signature dish along with the Bánh Mì Dog Bombay Dog and New York Dog.
 
 
 
 

Due East

Opened 10th September 2018

Due East Opened 10th September 2018 Within the modern, independent hotel in Bethnal Green, The East London Hotel , this all-day restaurant and bar makes the most of local East London producers . Due East has partnered with E5 Bakery Sourdough, East London Bagels, Crosstown Doughnuts and East London Liquor Company to give us a menu which includes peachy wings - with honey peach glaze - lime chicken and pineapple nachos as well as sweet and spicy flatbread with slow-cooked beef brisket. On the drinks list are Red Church Brewery beers, Grind Coffee and cocktails made using spirits from the East London Liquor Company . A good stop off if you want pastries and muffins for breakfast, bagels, light bites, smashed avocado or salads all day. 2018/09/10 Where:
Due East, 309-317 Cambridge Heath Road London, E2 9LH
Category: British Cuisine

Due East, 309-317 Cambridge Heath Road, London, E2 9LH

Tube: Bethnal Green Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London Hotel
Within the modern, independent hotel in Bethnal Green, The East London Hotel , this all-day restaurant and bar makes the most of local East London producers . Due East has partnered with E5 Bakery Sourdough, East London Bagels, Crosstown Doughnuts and East London Liquor Company to give us a menu which includes peachy wings - with honey peach glaze - lime chicken and pineapple nachos as well as sweet and spicy flatbread with slow-cooked beef brisket. On the drinks list are Red Church Brewery beers, Grind Coffee and cocktails made using spirits from the East London Liquor Company . A good stop off if you want pastries and muffins for breakfast, bagels, light bites, smashed avocado or salads all day.
 
 
 

Old Compton Brasserie

Opened September 2018

Old Compton Brasserie Opened September 2018 Cocktails from award-winning mixologist Talented Mr Fox, contemporary British food and artwork that reflects Soho's history set the tone at Old Compton Brasserie. Part of Maxwell's Group, who also run Cafe de Paris, PJ's Bar and Grill and Sticky Fingers, this Soho restaurant offers brasserie-style dishes like a hearty breakfast pot pie, eggs Benedict and chia pudding with yoghurt, cherries, pistachio and honey. All-day options include pigs in blankets with creamy mash and onion jus, truffle roast chicken and kedgeree Scotch eggs with curried mayo. Cocktails pay homage to Soho legends like Ronnie Scott and Paul Raymond - an ode to the 'King of Soho', it's made with champagne, strawberry, white chocolate, and verjus and served in a faux fur jacket flute. 2018/09/04 Where:
Old Compton Brasserie, 36-38 Old Compton Street London, W1D 4TT
Category: Brasseries

Old Compton Brasserie, 36-38 Old Compton Street, London, W1D 4TT

Tube: Leicester Square Station, Tottenham Court Road Station, Piccadilly Circus Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London Hotel
Cocktails from award-winning mixologist Talented Mr Fox, contemporary British food and artwork that reflects Soho's history set the tone at Old Compton Brasserie. Part of Maxwell's Group, who also run Cafe de Paris, PJ's Bar and Grill and Sticky Fingers, this Soho restaurant offers brasserie-style dishes like a hearty breakfast pot pie, eggs Benedict and chia pudding with yoghurt, cherries, pistachio and honey. All-day options include pigs in blankets with creamy mash and onion jus, truffle roast chicken and kedgeree Scotch eggs with curried mayo. Cocktails pay homage to Soho legends like Ronnie Scott and Paul Raymond - an ode to the 'King of Soho', it's made with champagne, strawberry, white chocolate, and verjus and served in a faux fur jacket flute.
 
 
 

Farmer J

Opened 3rd September 2018

Farmer J Opened 3rd September 2018 Farmer J, known for bringing produce from British fields to the City with its protein- and veg-packed Fieldtrays, now has a second home on King William Street following the original on Leadenhall Street. Open first thing until evening, with leisurely brunch at weekends, food dished up at the counter includes mains of spiced rose harissa chicken, charred tofu steak with white miso, aubergine and ginger dressing, and whole roasted cauliflower. M ornings kick off with signature Fieldtrays with salt beef hash browns, charred steak and spicy shakshuka, with side serves including za'atar sourdough toast and house pickles. Bagels, sourdough pastries and muffins from Fortitude Bakery are served with a caffeine hit of Redemption Roaster beans or fresh juices and smoothies like the Muscle Builder with tahini and peanut butter. Stop by for lunch or dinner and cocktails, as well as relaxed weekend brunches. 2018/09/03 Where:
Farmer J, 24-32 King William Street London, EC4R 9AJ
Category:

Farmer J, 24-32 King William Street, London, EC4R 9AJ

Tube: Monument Station, Cannon Street Station, Bank Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London Hotel
Farmer J, known for bringing produce from British fields to the City with its protein- and veg-packed Fieldtrays, now has a second home on King William Street following the original on Leadenhall Street. Open first thing until evening, with leisurely brunch at weekends, food dished up at the counter includes mains of spiced rose harissa chicken, charred tofu steak with white miso, aubergine and ginger dressing, and whole roasted cauliflower. M ornings kick off with signature Fieldtrays with salt beef hash browns, charred steak and spicy shakshuka, with side serves including za'atar sourdough toast and house pickles. Bagels, sourdough pastries and muffins from Fortitude Bakery are served with a caffeine hit of Redemption Roaster beans or fresh juices and smoothies like the Muscle Builder with tahini and peanut butter. Stop by for lunch or dinner and cocktails, as well as relaxed weekend brunches.
 
 
 

Manifesto

Opened 1st September 2018

Manifesto Opened 1st September 2018 The menu at Manifesto is short, six pizzas plus one weekly 'gourmet special'. No desserts and a wine list of two reds, two whites and one prosecco. The terrazzo style pizzeria on Northcote Road in Clapham comes from a former Natoora Director, Vittorio Maschio, who therefore knows a thing or two about provenance - he was in charge of high-end ingredient sales to Michelin starred chefs across London. Quality ingredients include flour sourced from Molino Pasini, owned by the same family for over 80 years. Being Italian, Vittorio believes quality pizza is the perfect vehicle for fine produce to be enjoyed, at a price that won't break the bank - pizzas start at six pounds. The Biga-style of dough production, which takes 48 hours to prove, is the technique used at the 30-cover restaurant, decorated in tiles based on the colours of a tomato: black, green and red. 2018/09/01 Where:
Manifesto, 148 Northcote Road London, SW11 6RD
Category: Italian Cuisine

Manifesto, 148 Northcote Road, London, SW11 6RD

Tube: Clapham South Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompson
The menu at Manifesto is short, six pizzas plus one weekly 'gourmet special'. No desserts and a wine list of two reds, two whites and one prosecco. The terrazzo style pizzeria on Northcote Road in Clapham comes from a former Natoora Director, Vittorio Maschio, who therefore knows a thing or two about provenance - he was in charge of high-end ingredient sales to Michelin starred chefs across London. Quality ingredients include flour sourced from Molino Pasini, owned by the same family for over 80 years. Being Italian, Vittorio believes quality pizza is the perfect vehicle for fine produce to be enjoyed, at a price that won't break the bank - pizzas start at six pounds. The Biga-style of dough production, which takes 48 hours to prove, is the technique used at the 30-cover restaurant, decorated in tiles based on the colours of a tomato: black, green and red.
 
 
 

Bean & Wheat

Opened 31st August 2018

Bean & Wheat Opened 31st August 2018 Adam Handling's Bean & Wheat coffee shop and deli in Hoxton houses a craft beer library of 280 craft beers from small suppliers, and it's all available to enjoy on the premises or grab and go. The focus here is on reducing waste so salmon sandwiches and cauliflower salads are freshly made on site every day using surplus foods from Adam's other restaurants - Frog by Adam Handling and EVE Bar as well as The Frog Hoxton and Iron Stag Bar, both of which share the same Hoxton Square building as Bean & Wheat. Alongside seasonal blend coffees from Union Hand-Roasted Coffee and fresh juices, the Hoxton deli houses an impressive craft-bottle beer shop and - in keeping with the sustainable outlook - you can recycle empty beer bottles in exchange for a free coffee. 2018/08/31 Where:
Bean & Wheat, 321 Old Street London, EC1V 9LE
Category: Cafes and Delis

Bean & Wheat, 321 Old Street, London, EC1V 9LE

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim Green
Adam Handling's Bean & Wheat coffee shop and deli in Hoxton houses a craft beer library of 280 craft beers from small suppliers, and it's all available to enjoy on the premises or grab and go. The focus here is on reducing waste so salmon sandwiches and cauliflower salads are freshly made on site every day using surplus foods from Adam's other restaurants - Frog by Adam Handling and EVE Bar as well as The Frog Hoxton and Iron Stag Bar, both of which share the same Hoxton Square building as Bean & Wheat. Alongside seasonal blend coffees from Union Hand-Roasted Coffee and fresh juices, the Hoxton deli houses an impressive craft-bottle beer shop and - in keeping with the sustainable outlook - you can recycle empty beer bottles in exchange for a free coffee.
 
 
 
 

1251 by James Cochran

Opened 28th August 2018

1251 by James Cochran Opened 28th August 2018 James Cochran leaves his EC3 restaurant in the City to set up 1251 , a modern British restaurant where he showcases his Michelin-starred training (gained at The Ledbury and The Harwood Arms) using produce from his home county of Kent. The relaxed restaurant seats 48 across two floors of a Victorian building on Upper Street with minimal, studio-like interiors, with a small outdoor terrace. Open from 11am to 11pm, the restaurant serves sharing-style dishes for lunch and dinner - including the signature goat sharing board - alongside a snacks menu of potato crisp, Whitstable oyster cream, seaweed, vinegar and picked white and brown Devon crab tartlet. A playlist of classic funk, soul, hip hop and rock 'n' roll tunes takes you from day to night when a bottle of organic wine goes down very nicely with a plate of jerk-spiced monkfish. 2018/08/28 Where:
1251 by James Cochran, 107 Upper Street London, N1 1QN
Category: British Cuisine

1251 by James Cochran, 107 Upper Street, London, N1 1QN

Tube: Angel Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill Partridge
James Cochran leaves his EC3 restaurant in the City to set up 1251 , a modern British restaurant where he showcases his Michelin-starred training (gained at The Ledbury and The Harwood Arms) using produce from his home county of Kent. The relaxed restaurant seats 48 across two floors of a Victorian building on Upper Street with minimal, studio-like interiors, with a small outdoor terrace. Open from 11am to 11pm, the restaurant serves sharing-style dishes for lunch and dinner - including the signature goat sharing board - alongside a snacks menu of potato crisp, Whitstable oyster cream, seaweed, vinegar and picked white and brown Devon crab tartlet. A playlist of classic funk, soul, hip hop and rock 'n' roll tunes takes you from day to night when a bottle of organic wine goes down very nicely with a plate of jerk-spiced monkfish.
 
 
 

Crispin

Opened 20th August 2018

Crispin Opened 20th August 2018 The duo behind Scotchtails, the Borough Market based scotch egg company, and founders of Lundenwic - a Scandinavian-inspired coffee shop on Aldwych, close to Somerset House - are behind Crispin, an all day and night cafe in Spitalfields. Dominic Hamdy and Oliver Hiam, have taken on a purpose-built, stand alone, zinc and glass pavilion on White's Row, around five minutes' walk from Liverpool Street station, to give you bacon sarnies for breakfast through to a nightly dinner plate for your evening meal. In between there are bar snacks, best enjoyed with a glass of low intervention wine or a classic cocktail at the cafe which is perfect for al fresco dining with room for 30 on the outdoor terrace . Enjoy music at the listening bar - set up with seven pairs of headphones so you can tune in to the playlist specially curated by Oli, who runs club nights at Corsica Studios and who has his own record label, Tessellate. 2018/08/20 Where:
Crispin, White's Row London, E1 6EN
Category: Cafes and Delis

Crispin, White's Row, London, E1 6EN

Tube: Aldgate East Underground Station, Aldgate East Station, Liverpool Street Station, Aldgate Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic Hamdy
The duo behind Scotchtails, the Borough Market based scotch egg company, and founders of Lundenwic - a Scandinavian-inspired coffee shop on Aldwych, close to Somerset House - are behind Crispin, an all day and night cafe in Spitalfields. Dominic Hamdy and Oliver Hiam, have taken on a purpose-built, stand alone, zinc and glass pavilion on White's Row, around five minutes' walk from Liverpool Street station, to give you bacon sarnies for breakfast through to a nightly dinner plate for your evening meal. In between there are bar snacks, best enjoyed with a glass of low intervention wine or a classic cocktail at the cafe which is perfect for al fresco dining with room for 30 on the outdoor terrace . Enjoy music at the listening bar - set up with seven pairs of headphones so you can tune in to the playlist specially curated by Oli, who runs club nights at Corsica Studios and who has his own record label, Tessellate.
 
 
 

Bob Bob Cite

Opened 2018

Bob Bob Cite Opened 2018 Known for his glamorous Bob Bob Ricard restaurant in Soho, Leonid Shutov opens a second Bob Bob restaurant, on the third floor of the landmark Cheesegrater building in the City. Yes, the all-booth restaurant does have the all-important 'press for Champagne' button at every table. Also much like the original BBR, the modern French Russian menu features locally sourced, seasonal produce cooked over an open flame or smoked in-house. As well as seating for 180, the restaurant has room for a further 120 covers in private rooms. The challenge, however, will be getting one of those seats. 2018/08/15 Where:
Bob Bob Cite, 122 Leadenhall Street London, EC3V 4AB
Category: British Cuisine

Bob Bob Cite, 122 Leadenhall Street, London, EC3V 4AB

Tube: Liverpool Street Station, Monument Station, Bank Station, Aldgate Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic Hamdy
Known for his glamorous Bob Bob Ricard restaurant in Soho, Leonid Shutov opens a second Bob Bob restaurant, on the third floor of the landmark Cheesegrater building in the City. Yes, the all-booth restaurant does have the all-important 'press for Champagne' button at every table. Also much like the original BBR, the modern French Russian menu features locally sourced, seasonal produce cooked over an open flame or smoked in-house. As well as seating for 180, the restaurant has room for a further 120 covers in private rooms. The challenge, however, will be getting one of those seats.
 
 
 

Z Covent Garden

Opened August 2018

Z Covent Garden Opened August 2018 One of two Z Hotels to open in summer 2018, Z Covent Garden joins Z Tottenham Court Road in offering small but comfortable r ooms at affordable rates. At Z hotels, including the nearby Z Soho (just off of Old Compton Street) and Z Piccadilly, you get rooms in central London for less than £100 a night . They say, "You step into your Z Room, and suddenly the price makes perfect sense" which is a good indication of what to expect. You don't get to swing your cat for under 100 pounds a night and entry-level categories tend to be cabins without windows . But what you do get is an en suite shower room, crisp bed linen, 40" TV with a full selection of Sky channels and complimentary Wi-Fi. At its eight London properties Z hotels treads the middle ground between boutique and budget. 2018/08/15 Where:
Z Covent Garden, 31-33 Bedford Street London, WC2E 9ED
Category: New Hotels

Z Covent Garden, 31-33 Bedford Street, London, WC2E 9ED

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station, Charing Cross Station, Embankment Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic Hamdy
One of two Z Hotels to open in summer 2018, Z Covent Garden joins Z Tottenham Court Road in offering small but comfortable r ooms at affordable rates. At Z hotels, including the nearby Z Soho (just off of Old Compton Street) and Z Piccadilly, you get rooms in central London for less than £100 a night . They say, "You step into your Z Room, and suddenly the price makes perfect sense" which is a good indication of what to expect. You don't get to swing your cat for under 100 pounds a night and entry-level categories tend to be cabins without windows . But what you do get is an en suite shower room, crisp bed linen, 40" TV with a full selection of Sky channels and complimentary Wi-Fi. At its eight London properties Z hotels treads the middle ground between boutique and budget.
 
 
 

HotTugs West India Quay

Opened 1st August 2018

HotTugs West India Quay Opened 1st August 2018 Taking the hot tub to the next level, HotTugs puts the humble hot tub on water. Yes, that's right, you'll be floating in water in a hot tub which itself is floating on water. Well, why not? It certainly adds another topic of conversation to a date and makes for an unusual hen party - they staged a PR stunt for Harry's stag do using royal lookalikes and got on the BBC news. Climb aboard the HotTug at West India Quay and you'll take City sights like Canary Wharf, Giant Robot, Billingsgate Market and KERB on the Quay. It's easy to navigate the waterways in the electric tug while enjoying the temperate waters of the wood-fired tub - kept at a pleasant 38 degrees - and it's reassuring to know that the water is refreshed for every trip. 2018/08/01 Where:
HotTugs West India Quay, London, E14 4AX
Category:

HotTugs West India Quay, , London, E14 4AX

Tube: Canary Wharf Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic Hamdy
Taking the hot tub to the next level, HotTugs puts the humble hot tub on water. Yes, that's right, you'll be floating in water in a hot tub which itself is floating on water. Well, why not? It certainly adds another topic of conversation to a date and makes for an unusual hen party - they staged a PR stunt for Harry's stag do using royal lookalikes and got on the BBC news. Climb aboard the HotTug at West India Quay and you'll take City sights like Canary Wharf, Giant Robot, Billingsgate Market and KERB on the Quay. It's easy to navigate the waterways in the electric tug while enjoying the temperate waters of the wood-fired tub - kept at a pleasant 38 degrees - and it's reassuring to know that the water is refreshed for every trip.
 
 
 
 

Mamasons Dirty Ice Cream

Opened early August 2018

Mamasons Dirty Ice Cream Opened early August 2018 Bringing Filipino street-style 'dirty' ice cream to London, Mamasons Dirty Ice Cream is named after the street vendors in the Philippines who make small batches of ice cream with a steel drum, ice and salt. Founded by second generation Filipino Londoners, Omar Shah and Mae Maglanoc, this 20-cover Pan-Asian ice cream parlour in Chinatown follows a year after their first site in Kentish town, opened in July 2017. Naturally vibrant, the Instagram friendly ice cream comes in black coconut, and ube (a purple coloured yam from the Philippines) . Mamasons' 'Bilog', a traditional Filipino milk bun (pandesal) filled with ice cream and toasted in a bespoke hot press, has become their signature dessert . More traditional Filipino desserts include 'Taho' (silken tofu with arnibal and sago pearls), all freshly made onsite daily. Coffee is sourced from the Philippines' Mount Malaryat and the volcanic region of Miarayon, before being freshly roasted in the UK. In the winter months stop by for an 'Ube Hot Cocoa' topped with fresh ube whipped cream. Tropical prints and neon lights, marble table tops, pink velour seating, climbing plants and a traditional Filipino chandelier made from mother of pearl sets the tone at this fun ice cream shop. 2018/08/01 Where:
Mamasons Dirty Ice Cream, 32 Newport Court, Chinatown Market London, WC2H 7PQ
Category:

Mamasons Dirty Ice Cream, 32 Newport Court, Chinatown Market, London, WC2H 7PQ

Tube: Leicester Square Station, Covent Garden Station, Piccadilly Circus Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe coco
Bringing Filipino street-style 'dirty' ice cream to London, Mamasons Dirty Ice Cream is named after the street vendors in the Philippines who make small batches of ice cream with a steel drum, ice and salt. Founded by second generation Filipino Londoners, Omar Shah and Mae Maglanoc, this 20-cover Pan-Asian ice cream parlour in Chinatown follows a year after their first site in Kentish town, opened in July 2017. Naturally vibrant, the Instagram friendly ice cream comes in black coconut, and ube (a purple coloured yam from the Philippines) . Mamasons' 'Bilog', a traditional Filipino milk bun (pandesal) filled with ice cream and toasted in a bespoke hot press, has become their signature dessert . More traditional Filipino desserts include 'Taho' (silken tofu with arnibal and sago pearls), all freshly made onsite daily. Coffee is sourced from the Philippines' Mount Malaryat and the volcanic region of Miarayon, before being freshly roasted in the UK. In the winter months stop by for an 'Ube Hot Cocoa' topped with fresh ube whipped cream. Tropical prints and neon lights, marble table tops, pink velour seating, climbing plants and a traditional Filipino chandelier made from mother of pearl sets the tone at this fun ice cream shop.
 
 
 

Standard London

Opened Summer 2018

Standard London Opened Summer 2018 Taking a Brutalist building in King's Cross and turning it into a £20 million five star boutique hotel with 270 bedrooms, the Standard London is the first hotel from the well known boutique chain outside America. The former council office block, originally built in the 1970s as an annexe to Camden Town Hall, sits directly opposite St Pancras Renaissance Hotel. The whole building is being upgraded but the biggest change is to the top floors. Clad in metal and glass, the two top levels are transformed into an architectural feature and include hotel rooms and suites, public and private event spaces, dining area, lounge and observatory with public access. An external lift whisks guests from the ground up to the 8th floor. 2018/08/01 Where:
Standard London, Argyle Street London, WC1H 8EQ
Category: New Hotels

Standard London, Argyle Street, London, WC1H 8EQ

Tube: King's Cross Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe coco
Taking a Brutalist building in King's Cross and turning it into a £20 million five star boutique hotel with 270 bedrooms, the Standard London is the first hotel from the well known boutique chain outside America. The former council office block, originally built in the 1970s as an annexe to Camden Town Hall, sits directly opposite St Pancras Renaissance Hotel. The whole building is being upgraded but the biggest change is to the top floors. Clad in metal and glass, the two top levels are transformed into an architectural feature and include hotel rooms and suites, public and private event spaces, dining area, lounge and observatory with public access. An external lift whisks guests from the ground up to the 8th floor.
 
 
 

The Naturalist

Opened 1st August 2018

The Naturalist Opened 1st August 2018 At the heart of one of the largest housing-estate redevelopments in Britain , Woodberry Down in Manor House, is a community pub brought to you by Young's. Set on the banks of the reservoir, The Naturalist is a modern pub that offers a pint and the perfect pit-stop after a walk around the Woodberry Wetlands nature reserve and sailing lake. Its floor to ceiling windows and big outdoor terrace area make the most of its setting overlooking the reservoir. Inside, booths, banquette seating, bar stools and more traditional dining areas create an environment that caters for all occasions; from a quick pint and a pie to a three-course meal. A true community project, the pubs sources locally, where possible, getting honey from Curtis Thompson aka The Local Honey Man, craft beers from north London breweries and even the staff come via the Hackney Works employment agency. 2018/08/01 Where:
The Naturalist, 14 Woodberry Down, Woodberry Down London, N4 2GB
Category: Pubs

The Naturalist, 14 Woodberry Down, Woodberry Down, London, N4 2GB

Tube: Manor House Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe coco
At the heart of one of the largest housing-estate redevelopments in Britain , Woodberry Down in Manor House, is a community pub brought to you by Young's. Set on the banks of the reservoir, The Naturalist is a modern pub that offers a pint and the perfect pit-stop after a walk around the Woodberry Wetlands nature reserve and sailing lake. Its floor to ceiling windows and big outdoor terrace area make the most of its setting overlooking the reservoir. Inside, booths, banquette seating, bar stools and more traditional dining areas create an environment that caters for all occasions; from a quick pint and a pie to a three-course meal. A true community project, the pubs sources locally, where possible, getting honey from Curtis Thompson aka The Local Honey Man, craft beers from north London breweries and even the staff come via the Hackney Works employment agency.
 
 
 

Travelodge London City

Opened August 2018

Travelodge London City Opened August 2018 This flagship Travelodge hotel is the largest new build hotel in the 30 year history of the budget hotel brand. The 395-room purpose built hotel on Middlesex Street, close to Liverpool Street Station and between Aldgate East and Aldgate tube stations, offers a little bit of luxury, incorporating the SuperRooms concept Travelodge launched in 2017. As well as the standard affordable rooms you can opt for a 'premium economy' room which dials up the comfort factor with dream-light colour scheme, blackout curtains, a Lavazza coffee pod machine, rain shower, hairdryer and a kingsize bed. All for an extra £13 a night. The £95 million hotel also has a modern Bar Cafe restaurant, open from breakfast onwards. From the front door it's a 12 minute walk to the Sky Garden at the top of the Walkie Talkie and within easy reach of the Tower of London, Gherkin, St. Paul's Cathedral and the City - London's central business district. Petticoat Lane Market is on your doorstep and it's a short 10 minute tube ride to Oxford Circus from Liverpool Street Station. 2018/08/01 Where:
Travelodge London City, 20 Middlesex Street London, E1 7EX
Category: New Hotels

Travelodge London City, 20 Middlesex Street, London, E1 7EX

Tube: Aldgate Station, Aldgate East Underground Station, Aldgate East Station, Liverpool Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe coco
This flagship Travelodge hotel is the largest new build hotel in the 30 year history of the budget hotel brand. The 395-room purpose built hotel on Middlesex Street, close to Liverpool Street Station and between Aldgate East and Aldgate tube stations, offers a little bit of luxury, incorporating the SuperRooms concept Travelodge launched in 2017. As well as the standard affordable rooms you can opt for a 'premium economy' room which dials up the comfort factor with dream-light colour scheme, blackout curtains, a Lavazza coffee pod machine, rain shower, hairdryer and a kingsize bed. All for an extra £13 a night. The £95 million hotel also has a modern Bar Cafe restaurant, open from breakfast onwards. From the front door it's a 12 minute walk to the Sky Garden at the top of the Walkie Talkie and within easy reach of the Tower of London, Gherkin, St. Paul's Cathedral and the City - London's central business district. Petticoat Lane Market is on your doorstep and it's a short 10 minute tube ride to Oxford Circus from Liverpool Street Station.
 
 
 

Z Tottenham Court Road

Opened 1st August 2018

Z Tottenham Court Road Opened 1st August 2018 A former office building in the heart of west Soho has been transformed into the Z Tottenham Court Road which, in keeping with the Z hotels brand, keeps costs low and rooms small. Trading in affordable accommodation, the 121-room budget hotel offers rooms in central London for less than £100 a night. If you're on a really tight budget - and don't mind a windowless room - go for an internal double and you'll have five pounds in your pocket (the saving on the next size up). What you can count on are comfortable beds, air conditioning, an en-suite shower with complimentary toiletries, smart TV with games, apps and the complete Sky package including all sports and movie channels as well as free Wi-Fi and complimentary cheese and wine between 5 and 8pm every evening in the Z Cafe. This eight-floor Z hotel in Poland Street, a couple of minutes walk from Tottenham Court Road's Crossrail Station, is the first of two Z hotels to open in central London in summer 2018; it's followed by Z Covent Garden - joining the Z Soho nearby and Z Piccadilly, a short tube ride away. 2018/08/01 Where:
Z Tottenham Court Road, 52 Poland Street London, W1F 7NQ
Category: New Hotels

Z Tottenham Court Road, 52 Poland Street, London, W1F 7NQ

Tube: Oxford Circus Station, Tottenham Court Road Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family Room
A former office building in the heart of west Soho has been transformed into the Z Tottenham Court Road which, in keeping with the Z hotels brand, keeps costs low and rooms small. Trading in affordable accommodation, the 121-room budget hotel offers rooms in central London for less than £100 a night. If you're on a really tight budget - and don't mind a windowless room - go for an internal double and you'll have five pounds in your pocket (the saving on the next size up). What you can count on are comfortable beds, air conditioning, an en-suite shower with complimentary toiletries, smart TV with games, apps and the complete Sky package including all sports and movie channels as well as free Wi-Fi and complimentary cheese and wine between 5 and 8pm every evening in the Z Cafe. This eight-floor Z hotel in Poland Street, a couple of minutes walk from Tottenham Court Road's Crossrail Station, is the first of two Z hotels to open in central London in summer 2018; it's followed by Z Covent Garden - joining the Z Soho nearby and Z Piccadilly, a short tube ride away.
 
 
 
 

Chiringuito

Opened July 2018

Chiringuito Opened July 2018 Azure mosaic tiles and a peseta-topped bar set the tone for this Spanish restaurant overlooking the Museum of Childhood 's gardens. Taking its name from the all-day beachfront bar and restaurants in Spain, Chiringuito is a laid back beach-style restaurant in Bethnal Green. It's the passion project of local East Londoner Alex Dehayen who has previously converted a derelict public toilet block, next to Bethnal Green tube station, into a contemporary all-day bar. Peruvian Head Chef, Marco Padilla has created a menu reminiscent of a tapas bars in Barcelona and inspired by fresh Hispanic and Latin American flavours. So you'll find all the classic dishes - padron peppers, patatas bravas, gambas al ajillo - with Mexican influences and South American signatures like seabass ceviche. Cocktails also put Latino twists on classics arriving at interesting mixes like the Bloody Maria, with a kick of tequila or mezcal. 2018/07/31 Where:
Chiringuito, Museum Gardens, Cambridge Heath Road London, E2 9PA
Category: Spanish Cuisine

Chiringuito, Museum Gardens, Cambridge Heath Road, London, E2 9PA

Tube: Bethnal Green Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family Room
Azure mosaic tiles and a peseta-topped bar set the tone for this Spanish restaurant overlooking the Museum of Childhood 's gardens. Taking its name from the all-day beachfront bar and restaurants in Spain, Chiringuito is a laid back beach-style restaurant in Bethnal Green. It's the passion project of local East Londoner Alex Dehayen who has previously converted a derelict public toilet block, next to Bethnal Green tube station, into a contemporary all-day bar. Peruvian Head Chef, Marco Padilla has created a menu reminiscent of a tapas bars in Barcelona and inspired by fresh Hispanic and Latin American flavours. So you'll find all the classic dishes - padron peppers, patatas bravas, gambas al ajillo - with Mexican influences and South American signatures like seabass ceviche. Cocktails also put Latino twists on classics arriving at interesting mixes like the Bloody Maria, with a kick of tequila or mezcal.
 
 
 

Soane's Kitchen

Opened July 2018

Soane's Kitchen Opened July 2018 Inside the original walled kitchen garden at Pitzhanger Manor, Soane's Kitchen is a beautiful cafe and restaurant with natural woods to create a light and calming feel, plus pinks, nudes and creams for a modern look. Next to the 70-cover dining space, designed by architects Jestico + Whiles, is 'The Larder', a grab and go offering that's an extension of the main restaurant so you can take away pastries, sandwiches and coffees to eat in the adjacent Walpole Park. Alex Head, founder of London catering company Social Pantry, is in charge of the restaurant and cafe in one of Ealing's historic gems. The Kitchen gets its name from architect Sir John Soane, who famously built the Bank of England , and who built Pitzhanger Manor in 1800-1804 as a country retreat to entertain his friends. 2018/07/31 Where:
Soane's Kitchen, Pitzhanger Manor, Walpole Park London, W5 5EQ
Category: British Cuisine

Soane's Kitchen, Pitzhanger Manor, Walpole Park, London, W5 5EQ

Tube: Ealing Broadway Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family Room
Inside the original walled kitchen garden at Pitzhanger Manor, Soane's Kitchen is a beautiful cafe and restaurant with natural woods to create a light and calming feel, plus pinks, nudes and creams for a modern look. Next to the 70-cover dining space, designed by architects Jestico + Whiles, is 'The Larder', a grab and go offering that's an extension of the main restaurant so you can take away pastries, sandwiches and coffees to eat in the adjacent Walpole Park. Alex Head, founder of London catering company Social Pantry, is in charge of the restaurant and cafe in one of Ealing's historic gems. The Kitchen gets its name from architect Sir John Soane, who famously built the Bank of England , and who built Pitzhanger Manor in 1800-1804 as a country retreat to entertain his friends.
 
 
 

Tish

Opened 29th July 2018

Tish Opened 29th July 2018 Hungarian bean soup, chicken schnitzel and challah French toast are just three of the dishes at Tish, a European restaurant with a Jewish menu in Belsize Park. In the kitchen is head chef John Ellison, previously at Bob Bob Ricard and at The Club at The Ivy. General manager is the experienced and charismatic Yuri Horpinchenko, formerly of Scott's, J Sheekey, Isabel Mayfair and, prior to coming here, general manager at Casa Cruz ("how this sexy South American restaurant became the hottest spot in town" ran the Tatler review in 2016). This restaurant has been owner David S Levin's dream since childhood. The tone is set by four grand brass chandeliers dangling from the 15-foot ceiling, mint green wood panelled walls, and a cream and green checkerboard terrazzo flooring in the dining room. It opens out onto a large outdoor terrace with patterned seating and parasols in summer, heaters and weather proofing in winter. See the chefs at work in the open kitchen, under a dramatic giant copper canopy, cooking a special Shabbat menu for Friday night dinners and Saturday lunches. 2018/07/29 Where:
Tish, 196 Haverstock Hill London, NW3 2AG
Category: Modern European Cuisine

Tish, 196 Haverstock Hill, London, NW3 2AG

Tube: Belsize Park Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family Room
Hungarian bean soup, chicken schnitzel and challah French toast are just three of the dishes at Tish, a European restaurant with a Jewish menu in Belsize Park. In the kitchen is head chef John Ellison, previously at Bob Bob Ricard and at The Club at The Ivy. General manager is the experienced and charismatic Yuri Horpinchenko, formerly of Scott's, J Sheekey, Isabel Mayfair and, prior to coming here, general manager at Casa Cruz ("how this sexy South American restaurant became the hottest spot in town" ran the Tatler review in 2016). This restaurant has been owner David S Levin's dream since childhood. The tone is set by four grand brass chandeliers dangling from the 15-foot ceiling, mint green wood panelled walls, and a cream and green checkerboard terrazzo flooring in the dining room. It opens out onto a large outdoor terrace with patterned seating and parasols in summer, heaters and weather proofing in winter. See the chefs at work in the open kitchen, under a dramatic giant copper canopy, cooking a special Shabbat menu for Friday night dinners and Saturday lunches.
 
 
 

Simmons Farringdon

Opened 27th July 2018

Simmons Farringdon Opened 27th July 2018 The rapidly expanding Simmons Group has cracked the code when it comes to running a successful drinking spot with its bars (13 and counting) opening up all over London town. The secret to success? Happy hour that lasts five whole hours, from 4pm to 9pm, Sunday to Friday, and resident DJ's to keep the party going until 2am every Thursday, Friday and Saturday. Loud disco tunes, a skull shaped mirror ball, cocktails served in teacups and lots of neons lights help create a bar where everyone can feel at home - and feels like leaving home for. 2018/07/27 Where:
Simmons Farringdon, 105 Charterhouse Street London, EC1M 6HW
Category: Bars

Simmons Farringdon, 105 Charterhouse Street, London, EC1M 6HW

Tube: Barbican Station, Farringdon Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family Room
The rapidly expanding Simmons Group has cracked the code when it comes to running a successful drinking spot with its bars (13 and counting) opening up all over London town. The secret to success? Happy hour that lasts five whole hours, from 4pm to 9pm, Sunday to Friday, and resident DJ's to keep the party going until 2am every Thursday, Friday and Saturday. Loud disco tunes, a skull shaped mirror ball, cocktails served in teacups and lots of neons lights help create a bar where everyone can feel at home - and feels like leaving home for.
 
 
 

Mr Fogg's House of Botanicals

Opened 26th July 2018

Mr Fogg's House of Botanicals Opened 26th July 2018 Taking inspiration from intrepid traveller, Phileas Fogg, Mr Fogg's House of Botanicals takes you on a sensory journey to an enchanted land of plants, herbs and spices that Mr Fogg has brought back from his Around the World in 80 Days voyage. The fourth venue from the Mr Fogg brand by Charlie Gilkes and Duncan Stirling's Inception Group, the cocktail bar showcases the fruits of Mr Fogg's travels across two floors of exotic flora and fauna. Sip on herbaceous drinks like Flight of the Hummingbird (Bacardi, Aperol and raspberry with spiced pineapple) and Cherry Blossom, a heady mix of gin, almond, pineapple, falernum, lime and Sakura tea foam. Upstairs at the Fitzrovia bar is the glass house; decorated with experimental Kilner jar infusions it's a natural home for floral cocktail master classes and guided tasting parties. In keeping with Mr Fogg's Mayfair residence, the space is flooded with natural light with large sash windows and ceilings high enough for the tallest of trees. Floor to ceiling French doors opening out on to an open air seating area - the perfect spot for an al fresco drinking adventure underneath the stars. 2018/07/26 Where:
Mr Fogg's House of Botanicals, 48 Newman Street London, W1T 1QQ
Category: Bars

Mr Fogg's House of Botanicals, 48 Newman Street, London, W1T 1QQ

Tube: Goodge Street Station, Tottenham Court Road Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens Photography
Taking inspiration from intrepid traveller, Phileas Fogg, Mr Fogg's House of Botanicals takes you on a sensory journey to an enchanted land of plants, herbs and spices that Mr Fogg has brought back from his Around the World in 80 Days voyage. The fourth venue from the Mr Fogg brand by Charlie Gilkes and Duncan Stirling's Inception Group, the cocktail bar showcases the fruits of Mr Fogg's travels across two floors of exotic flora and fauna. Sip on herbaceous drinks like Flight of the Hummingbird (Bacardi, Aperol and raspberry with spiced pineapple) and Cherry Blossom, a heady mix of gin, almond, pineapple, falernum, lime and Sakura tea foam. Upstairs at the Fitzrovia bar is the glass house; decorated with experimental Kilner jar infusions it's a natural home for floral cocktail master classes and guided tasting parties. In keeping with Mr Fogg's Mayfair residence, the space is flooded with natural light with large sash windows and ceilings high enough for the tallest of trees. Floor to ceiling French doors opening out on to an open air seating area - the perfect spot for an al fresco drinking adventure underneath the stars.
 
 
 
 

The Frog Hoxton

Opened 24th July 2018

The Frog Hoxton Opened 24th July 2018 In July 2018, Adam Handling launches his biggest venture to date, moving The Frog E1 - his award-winning Michelin Bib Gourmand restaurant - to a new, larger site on Hoxton Square. Under the same roof as The Frog Hoxton is Bean & Wheat, Adam's sustainable coffee shop and deli, and a new bar concept, Iron Stag, specialising in whiskies and with space for a live jazz band. The three individual venues have their own separate entrances on three different streets - the building sits on the corner joining Hoxton Square, Rufus Street, and Old Street - so each experience is distinct. The 60 cover restaurant retains everything guests love about the original Frog in Ely Yard but in a more refined style. Furniture and artworks recreate the original restaurant's personality and the signature wall panel, signed by celebrity chefs, remains. A ward-winning bartender Rich Woods (aka The Cocktail Guy) and Matt Whiley (The Talented Mr Fox, behind Scout) have helped decide what goes behind the bar and, in the interests of sustainability, customers are encouraged to bring their empty beer bottles back in exchange for free coffees. 2018/07/24 Where:
The Frog Hoxton, 45-47 Hoxton Square London, N1 6NU
Category: British Cuisine

The Frog Hoxton, 45-47 Hoxton Square, London, N1 6NU

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
In July 2018, Adam Handling launches his biggest venture to date, moving The Frog E1 - his award-winning Michelin Bib Gourmand restaurant - to a new, larger site on Hoxton Square. Under the same roof as The Frog Hoxton is Bean & Wheat, Adam's sustainable coffee shop and deli, and a new bar concept, Iron Stag, specialising in whiskies and with space for a live jazz band. The three individual venues have their own separate entrances on three different streets - the building sits on the corner joining Hoxton Square, Rufus Street, and Old Street - so each experience is distinct. The 60 cover restaurant retains everything guests love about the original Frog in Ely Yard but in a more refined style. Furniture and artworks recreate the original restaurant's personality and the signature wall panel, signed by celebrity chefs, remains. A ward-winning bartender Rich Woods (aka The Cocktail Guy) and Matt Whiley (The Talented Mr Fox, behind Scout) have helped decide what goes behind the bar and, in the interests of sustainability, customers are encouraged to bring their empty beer bottles back in exchange for free coffees.
 
 
 

Beef & Brew

Opened 23rd July 2018

Beef & Brew Opened 23rd July 2018 Beef & Brew , the Kentish Town favourite , brings their grass-fed beef and craft beers to the former Duke's Brew & Que site in East London, a stone's throw from Regent's Canal in Haggerston. Beef is the focus and comes in various cuts from sirloin sourced from retired dairy cows to onglet from grass-fed Herefords. Each steak is dipped in beef dripping before being chargrilled and served with vegetable sides. Carrots come with dill and buttermilk dressing, smoked aubergine with honey and miso, and sweet potato with coconut yogurt and spices. Beef is just half of the story. Craft beers come from breweries all over the country. Draught lagers include Sorachi from Scottish brewery Harviestoun, with other beers on tap including Siren's Calypso, a spritzy Berliner-style sour beer and a Hook Island red ale from fellow East Londoners Five Points. Quality steaks that don't break the bank in a beautiful old pub. 2018/07/23 Where:
Beef & Brew, 33 Downham Road London, N1 5AA
Category: American Cuisine

Beef & Brew, 33 Downham Road, London, N1 5AA

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
Beef & Brew , the Kentish Town favourite , brings their grass-fed beef and craft beers to the former Duke's Brew & Que site in East London, a stone's throw from Regent's Canal in Haggerston. Beef is the focus and comes in various cuts from sirloin sourced from retired dairy cows to onglet from grass-fed Herefords. Each steak is dipped in beef dripping before being chargrilled and served with vegetable sides. Carrots come with dill and buttermilk dressing, smoked aubergine with honey and miso, and sweet potato with coconut yogurt and spices. Beef is just half of the story. Craft beers come from breweries all over the country. Draught lagers include Sorachi from Scottish brewery Harviestoun, with other beers on tap including Siren's Calypso, a spritzy Berliner-style sour beer and a Hook Island red ale from fellow East Londoners Five Points. Quality steaks that don't break the bank in a beautiful old pub.
 
 
 

Zuaya

Opened 20th July 2018

Zuaya Opened 20th July 2018 Against a backdrop of lush greenery, hanging plants, bespoke pendant lighting and botanical artwork, this two-floor destination restaurant and bar transports guests to the Amazon. Latin American food is on the menu at Zuaya, the Kensington High Street restaurant owned by Spanish twins Alberto and Arian Zandi where head chef Francisco Lafee (who has worked at Michelin-starred restaurants in South America and London including Barrafina) presents colourful sharing plates of ceviche, robata octopus and vegetarian and vegan dishes. The green marble topped bar is the place to enjoy a cocktail or glass of wine and live jazz and DJs play on the weekends, creating a lively atmosphere late into the evening. Valet parking is offered and in the summer diners can flock to the outdoor terrace and enjoy homemade ice cream which comes in interesting flavours like pumpkin, avocado, and tomate de India. 2018/07/20 Where:
Zuaya, 35 High Street Kensington London, W8 5EB
Category: South American Cuisine

Zuaya, 35 High Street Kensington, London, W8 5EB

Tube: High Street Kensington Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
Against a backdrop of lush greenery, hanging plants, bespoke pendant lighting and botanical artwork, this two-floor destination restaurant and bar transports guests to the Amazon. Latin American food is on the menu at Zuaya, the Kensington High Street restaurant owned by Spanish twins Alberto and Arian Zandi where head chef Francisco Lafee (who has worked at Michelin-starred restaurants in South America and London including Barrafina) presents colourful sharing plates of ceviche, robata octopus and vegetarian and vegan dishes. The green marble topped bar is the place to enjoy a cocktail or glass of wine and live jazz and DJs play on the weekends, creating a lively atmosphere late into the evening. Valet parking is offered and in the summer diners can flock to the outdoor terrace and enjoy homemade ice cream which comes in interesting flavours like pumpkin, avocado, and tomate de India.
 
 
 

Brewhouse & Kitchen Hoxton

Opened 19th July 2018

Brewhouse & Kitchen Hoxton Opened 19th July 2018 Underneath the arches of Hoxton Station, on the site where the Beagle used to be, Brewhouse & Kitchen is an on-site craft brewery and pub in an architecturally interesting spot. Thoughtfully refurbished by pub industry veterans Simon Bunn and Kris Gumbrell, it provides a welcome watering hole for its local and passersby. Its towering windows and exposed brick surfaces host tasteful mid-century interiors, with an open yet intimate outdoor seating area, alongside a 50 strong capacity restaurant. The venue also hosts two seated bar spaces both inside and outside, where you can enjoy seasonal craft beers, all brewed on site. The summer menu offers seasonal beer pairing suggestions along with over 20 vegan and vegetarian options. 2018/07/19 Where:
Brewhouse & Kitchen Hoxton, 397 Geffrye Street London, E2 8HZ
Category: Bars

Brewhouse & Kitchen Hoxton, 397 Geffrye Street, London, E2 8HZ

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
Underneath the arches of Hoxton Station, on the site where the Beagle used to be, Brewhouse & Kitchen is an on-site craft brewery and pub in an architecturally interesting spot. Thoughtfully refurbished by pub industry veterans Simon Bunn and Kris Gumbrell, it provides a welcome watering hole for its local and passersby. Its towering windows and exposed brick surfaces host tasteful mid-century interiors, with an open yet intimate outdoor seating area, alongside a 50 strong capacity restaurant. The venue also hosts two seated bar spaces both inside and outside, where you can enjoy seasonal craft beers, all brewed on site. The summer menu offers seasonal beer pairing suggestions along with over 20 vegan and vegetarian options.
 
 
 

Casa do Frango

Opened 19th July 2018

Casa do Frango Opened 19th July 2018 Move over Nando's, there's a new piri piri chicken restaurant in town. Open since July 2018, Portuguese restaurant Casa do Frango introduces authentic piri piri chicken to London. Taking over a beautiful, rustic space in London Bridge, the aesthetically pleasing restaurant specialises in regional Algarvian-style piri piri chicken cooked over wood charcoal. The grill is overseen by experienced Algarvian pitmaster Lucidio da Fonseca Monteiro, who moved to London specially for the project, and serves up tender, flavoursome chicken to be enjoyed alongside grilled chorizo, octopus rice and grilled vegetables. For dessert, there's Portugal's most famous sweet treat, the pasteis de nata, as well as almond cake and chocolate mousse. With a vaulted ceiling, a giant glass skylight, hanging foliage and rustic wood furniture, the striking space has been designed to reflect the mood of classic Portguese tascas. 2018/07/19 Where:
Casa do Frango, 32 Southwark Street London, SE1 1TU
Category: Central European Cuisine

Casa do Frango, 32 Southwark Street, London, SE1 1TU

Tube: Borough Station, London Bridge Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
Move over Nando's, there's a new piri piri chicken restaurant in town. Open since July 2018, Portuguese restaurant Casa do Frango introduces authentic piri piri chicken to London. Taking over a beautiful, rustic space in London Bridge, the aesthetically pleasing restaurant specialises in regional Algarvian-style piri piri chicken cooked over wood charcoal. The grill is overseen by experienced Algarvian pitmaster Lucidio da Fonseca Monteiro, who moved to London specially for the project, and serves up tender, flavoursome chicken to be enjoyed alongside grilled chorizo, octopus rice and grilled vegetables. For dessert, there's Portugal's most famous sweet treat, the pasteis de nata, as well as almond cake and chocolate mousse. With a vaulted ceiling, a giant glass skylight, hanging foliage and rustic wood furniture, the striking space has been designed to reflect the mood of classic Portguese tascas.
 
 
 
 

Herman Ze German - White City

Opened 12th July 2018

Herman Ze German - White City Opened 12th July 2018 A decade on since London embraced the first ever Herman ze German , the sausage shop with a sense of humour opens in The WestWorks building at White City Place. Herman ze German White City serves the authentic German wurst, sourced from the Black Forest which Herman has become famous for. The full menu includes Bockwurst, Bratwurst, Chilli Wurst, Herman's signature Currywrust and they even have a Vegan Wurst. All wursts are gluten and lactose-free and come with toppings of choice including sauerkraut, gherkins and crispy onions. Choose from cheesy fries, homestyle coleslaw and potato salad to have on the side and sup on a stein of their very own craft beer, the BLK Forest Brew. 2018/07/19 Where:
Herman Ze German - White City, Unit 6 Westworks White City Place , 195 Wood Lane London, W12 7FQ
Category:

Herman Ze German - White City, Unit 6 Westworks White City Place , 195 Wood Lane, London, W12 7FQ

Tube: White City Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
A decade on since London embraced the first ever Herman ze German , the sausage shop with a sense of humour opens in The WestWorks building at White City Place. Herman ze German White City serves the authentic German wurst, sourced from the Black Forest which Herman has become famous for. The full menu includes Bockwurst, Bratwurst, Chilli Wurst, Herman's signature Currywrust and they even have a Vegan Wurst. All wursts are gluten and lactose-free and come with toppings of choice including sauerkraut, gherkins and crispy onions. Choose from cheesy fries, homestyle coleslaw and potato salad to have on the side and sup on a stein of their very own craft beer, the BLK Forest Brew.
 
 
 

Maple Westfield

Opened 18th July 2018

Maple Westfield Opened 18th July 2018 From ETM, the group behind The Botanist Sloane Square, Maple in Westfield is a bar and restaurant with a botanical theme, designed by Russell Sage Studio. The perfect place to grab a morning coffee, light lunch, dinner, after-work drinks, or for taking a break from an intensive bout of retail therapy, Maple's open plan theatre kitchen serves modern European dishes. Dominated by six overhanging copper beer tanks, the large central bar has craft beers and rotating guest ales on tap alongside botanical cocktails and wines. The interior is tastefully done in natural woods - note the chevron parquet flooring - and intricate drilled timber panelling. Seating is a mix of plush leather banquettes, bar stools and chairs, surrounded by brass and copper finishes, quirky curiosities and botanical-themed walls. Outside the alfresco terrace, decked with overhanging planters and heaters, offers shelter all year round. 2018/07/18 Where:
Maple Westfield, Aerial Way London, W12 7GF
Category: British Cuisine

Maple Westfield, Aerial Way, London, W12 7GF

Tube: Wood Lane Station, Shepherd's Bush Market Station (Hammersmith and City Line), Shepherd's Bush Station (Central)

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
From ETM, the group behind The Botanist Sloane Square, Maple in Westfield is a bar and restaurant with a botanical theme, designed by Russell Sage Studio. The perfect place to grab a morning coffee, light lunch, dinner, after-work drinks, or for taking a break from an intensive bout of retail therapy, Maple's open plan theatre kitchen serves modern European dishes. Dominated by six overhanging copper beer tanks, the large central bar has craft beers and rotating guest ales on tap alongside botanical cocktails and wines. The interior is tastefully done in natural woods - note the chevron parquet flooring - and intricate drilled timber panelling. Seating is a mix of plush leather banquettes, bar stools and chairs, surrounded by brass and copper finishes, quirky curiosities and botanical-themed walls. Outside the alfresco terrace, decked with overhanging planters and heaters, offers shelter all year round.
 
 
 

Native

Opened 17th July 2018

Native Opened 17th July 2018 After three successful years in Neal's Yard, Native has relocated to London Bridge, a stone's throw from Borough Market. Co-founded by Imogen Davis and Chef-Patron Ivan Tisdall-Downes, who met at university, trained at River Cottage and ran supper clubs, the restaurant specialises in foraged food, rare breeds and game. Hugely passionate about nose to tail and stem to root eating, they are wild about game meat. But instead of a delicacy, game, rare-breed meats and wild food are given the street food treatment making them more accessible in both approach and price. Dishes like pigeon kebab and Southern fried rabbit are served alongside foraged and vegetarian dishes. The drinks menu puts British wines centre stage and there are sparkling wines as well as regularly-changing seasonal cocktails. Large windows allow plenty of natural light to stream in, highlighting exposed brick and trailing greenery. For the best seat in the house, book in at the chef's table and enjoy an 8 course tasting menu at the polished concrete table in the kitchen. 2018/07/17 Where:
Native, 32 Southwark Street London, SE1 1TU
Category: British Cuisine

Native, 32 Southwark Street, London, SE1 1TU

Tube: Borough Station, London Bridge Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
After three successful years in Neal's Yard, Native has relocated to London Bridge, a stone's throw from Borough Market. Co-founded by Imogen Davis and Chef-Patron Ivan Tisdall-Downes, who met at university, trained at River Cottage and ran supper clubs, the restaurant specialises in foraged food, rare breeds and game. Hugely passionate about nose to tail and stem to root eating, they are wild about game meat. But instead of a delicacy, game, rare-breed meats and wild food are given the street food treatment making them more accessible in both approach and price. Dishes like pigeon kebab and Southern fried rabbit are served alongside foraged and vegetarian dishes. The drinks menu puts British wines centre stage and there are sparkling wines as well as regularly-changing seasonal cocktails. Large windows allow plenty of natural light to stream in, highlighting exposed brick and trailing greenery. For the best seat in the house, book in at the chef's table and enjoy an 8 course tasting menu at the polished concrete table in the kitchen.
 
 
 

Caravan Fitzrovia

Opened 16th July 2018

Caravan Fitzrovia Opened 16th July 2018 In the former BBC Radio 1 HQ where Reggie Yates used to run through The Official Charts, Caravan Fitzrovia brings all day dining and craft coffee to central London and introduces 'Caravan-To-Go' - great coffee and food to take away. Caravan has sites all over London - in Exmouth Market, Bankside, King's Cross and in the City, in Bloomberg Arcade - but this one on Great Portland Street is their most central yet. In a nod to the building's history, the basement (where BBC R1's music collection was stored) has a 'record room' for private dining and parties with the option to hire the space. Upstairs, a large bar weaves throughout three dining rooms, making it the perfect destination for post-work drinks and dining all day. H ealthy food like poached chicken, purple kale, greens and rice has a global flavour, inspired by its New Zealand owners and their travels. Sourdough and croissants are made in-house at Caravan's own flagship roastery and bakery (also opening in summer 2018) in a Victorian warehouse in north London. Eat in and you can enjoy one of the best brunches and coffee against a backdrop of terracotta brick walls, stone surfaces and natural light. Serious about sustainability, they offer a reusable lunchbox and coffee cup scheme - get 50p off if you bring your own reusable cups. 2018/07/16 Where:
Caravan Fitzrovia, Yalding House, 152 Great Portland Street London, W1W 6AJ
Category:

Caravan Fitzrovia, Yalding House, 152 Great Portland Street, London, W1W 6AJ

Tube: Great Portland Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
In the former BBC Radio 1 HQ where Reggie Yates used to run through The Official Charts, Caravan Fitzrovia brings all day dining and craft coffee to central London and introduces 'Caravan-To-Go' - great coffee and food to take away. Caravan has sites all over London - in Exmouth Market, Bankside, King's Cross and in the City, in Bloomberg Arcade - but this one on Great Portland Street is their most central yet. In a nod to the building's history, the basement (where BBC R1's music collection was stored) has a 'record room' for private dining and parties with the option to hire the space. Upstairs, a large bar weaves throughout three dining rooms, making it the perfect destination for post-work drinks and dining all day. H ealthy food like poached chicken, purple kale, greens and rice has a global flavour, inspired by its New Zealand owners and their travels. Sourdough and croissants are made in-house at Caravan's own flagship roastery and bakery (also opening in summer 2018) in a Victorian warehouse in north London. Eat in and you can enjoy one of the best brunches and coffee against a backdrop of terracotta brick walls, stone surfaces and natural light. Serious about sustainability, they offer a reusable lunchbox and coffee cup scheme - get 50p off if you bring your own reusable cups.
 
 
 

Camillo Benso

Opened mid July 2018

Camillo Benso Opened mid July 2018 Perfect for daytime dining and authentically Italian nights out, Camillo Benso brings the menu at its much loved Milan restaurant to Mayfair. The talented team of Italian chefs includes Luigi Esposito, who honed his skills at some of the best outlets in the Neapolitan region taking inspiration from mentors such as Michelin-starred Antonino Cannavacciuolo. The Mayfair restaurant serves a selection of timeless Italian classics - s econdi dishes include cotoletta alla Milanese, beef tartare and ragu meatballs - created using fresh products delivered daily from Italy. More than just a restaurant, the venue also includes a sleek cocktail bar serving Italian-style aperitivo and has live music in the evenings - think contemporary takes on classic Italian music. A special mention also goes to Camillo Benso's pizza and bread menu where the bread is made using ancient grains by Niko Romito, of Abruzzo's first and only three Michelin star restaurant, Reale. 2018/07/15 Where:
Camillo Benso, 8-10 Blenheim Street London, W1S 1LJ
Category: Italian Cuisine

Camillo Benso, 8-10 Blenheim Street, London, W1S 1LJ

Tube: Bond Street Station, Oxford Circus Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
Perfect for daytime dining and authentically Italian nights out, Camillo Benso brings the menu at its much loved Milan restaurant to Mayfair. The talented team of Italian chefs includes Luigi Esposito, who honed his skills at some of the best outlets in the Neapolitan region taking inspiration from mentors such as Michelin-starred Antonino Cannavacciuolo. The Mayfair restaurant serves a selection of timeless Italian classics - s econdi dishes include cotoletta alla Milanese, beef tartare and ragu meatballs - created using fresh products delivered daily from Italy. More than just a restaurant, the venue also includes a sleek cocktail bar serving Italian-style aperitivo and has live music in the evenings - think contemporary takes on classic Italian music. A special mention also goes to Camillo Benso's pizza and bread menu where the bread is made using ancient grains by Niko Romito, of Abruzzo's first and only three Michelin star restaurant, Reale.
 
 
 
 

Carte Blanche

Opened 13th July 2018

Carte Blanche Opened 13th July 2018 He co-founded street food favourite Le Bun, hosted a sell-out pop-up with Kelis and in summer 2018 Andy Taylor returns to the London restaurant scene with Carte Blanche on Mare Street. Serving foie gras and escargot tostadas as well as pork jowl with smoked beets the 50-cover restaurant combines indulgent French flavours with American comfort food classics. The natural wine list is inspired by the wines Andy enjoyed - or perhaps over-enjoyed - in Parisian back street bars. Modest, stripped-back and with a collection of abstract, print-based artwork hung on the walls, the dining room is lined with simple white tables while an open kitchen allowing diners to see Andy and his team at work. Dropping by for a quick bite? Take a seat at the wooden stools by the bar and enjoy a glass of wine with fried chicken topped with caviar. 2018/07/13 Where:
Carte Blanche, 175 Mare Street London, E8 3RH
Category: French Cuisine

Carte Blanche, 175 Mare Street, London, E8 3RH

Tube: Bethnal Green Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
He co-founded street food favourite Le Bun, hosted a sell-out pop-up with Kelis and in summer 2018 Andy Taylor returns to the London restaurant scene with Carte Blanche on Mare Street. Serving foie gras and escargot tostadas as well as pork jowl with smoked beets the 50-cover restaurant combines indulgent French flavours with American comfort food classics. The natural wine list is inspired by the wines Andy enjoyed - or perhaps over-enjoyed - in Parisian back street bars. Modest, stripped-back and with a collection of abstract, print-based artwork hung on the walls, the dining room is lined with simple white tables while an open kitchen allowing diners to see Andy and his team at work. Dropping by for a quick bite? Take a seat at the wooden stools by the bar and enjoy a glass of wine with fried chicken topped with caviar.
 
 
 

Helix and Iris

Opened 13th July 2018

Helix and Iris Opened 13th July 2018 Previously London's highest private members' club, Searcys at The Gherkin relaunched as new restaurant and bar Helix and Iris in 2018, opening the space to the public for the very first time. Located on the 39th and 40th floors of the iconic Norman Foster-designed building, the striking space is now home to a sky-high contemporary restaurant and a champagne and cocktail bar. Helix, on the 39th floor, is an elegant spot that celebrates British produce, serving a contemporary menu that focuses on the best ingredients available in the British Isles. Upstairs, Iris is thought to be the only bar in London that boasts 360-degree views, and visitors can take in the whole of the city and its most famous buildings while also watching the planes fly past above - it's a breath-taking spot that should be experienced at least once by every Londoner. As well as the unrivalled views, guests can also enjoy a line-up of champagne, English sparkling wine and cocktails. The cocktail menu draws inspiration from the view with options including The Little White Bird, inspired by Kensington Gardens, and the Jack the Ripper, referencing Whitechapel's most famous former visitor. Taking its name from the Gherkin's structure itself, Helix and Iris is now one of London's most impressive and unique eating and drinking destinations. 2018/07/13 Where:
Helix and Iris, The Gherkin, 30 St Mary Axe London, EC3A 8EP
Category: British Cuisine

Helix and Iris, The Gherkin, 30 St Mary Axe, London, EC3A 8EP

Tube: Liverpool Street Station, Aldgate Station, Aldgate East Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
Previously London's highest private members' club, Searcys at The Gherkin relaunched as new restaurant and bar Helix and Iris in 2018, opening the space to the public for the very first time. Located on the 39th and 40th floors of the iconic Norman Foster-designed building, the striking space is now home to a sky-high contemporary restaurant and a champagne and cocktail bar. Helix, on the 39th floor, is an elegant spot that celebrates British produce, serving a contemporary menu that focuses on the best ingredients available in the British Isles. Upstairs, Iris is thought to be the only bar in London that boasts 360-degree views, and visitors can take in the whole of the city and its most famous buildings while also watching the planes fly past above - it's a breath-taking spot that should be experienced at least once by every Londoner. As well as the unrivalled views, guests can also enjoy a line-up of champagne, English sparkling wine and cocktails. The cocktail menu draws inspiration from the view with options including The Little White Bird, inspired by Kensington Gardens, and the Jack the Ripper, referencing Whitechapel's most famous former visitor. Taking its name from the Gherkin's structure itself, Helix and Iris is now one of London's most impressive and unique eating and drinking destinations.
 
 
 

Night Tales

Opened 13th July 2018

Night Tales Opened 13th July 2018 Having popped up all over London, Night Tales now presents its first permanent residence, setting up home in two railway arches and a 4,000-square-foot garden on Hackney's Bohemia Place. The new space is home to an Asahi Super Dry bar, offering both draught and cans of the crisp and fresh beer; The Agave Bar, serving up a collection of mezcals and tequilas; and a Japanese Garden Bar, a vast, sunny space with a large dancefloor and DJ area. An in-house Japanese grill is headed up by Greg Round, formerly of Pitt Cue and Michelin-starred Umu, while Sons of Slice serve up New York style pizza. Additionally, there are private booths for up to ten people, a 300-capacity nightclub and an eight-metre waterfall. 2018/07/13 Where:
Night Tales, 14 Bohemia Place London, E8 1DU
Category: Japanese Cuisine

Night Tales, 14 Bohemia Place, London, E8 1DU

Tube: Hackney Wick Overground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim Green
Having popped up all over London, Night Tales now presents its first permanent residence, setting up home in two railway arches and a 4,000-square-foot garden on Hackney's Bohemia Place. The new space is home to an Asahi Super Dry bar, offering both draught and cans of the crisp and fresh beer; The Agave Bar, serving up a collection of mezcals and tequilas; and a Japanese Garden Bar, a vast, sunny space with a large dancefloor and DJ area. An in-house Japanese grill is headed up by Greg Round, formerly of Pitt Cue and Michelin-starred Umu, while Sons of Slice serve up New York style pizza. Additionally, there are private booths for up to ten people, a 300-capacity nightclub and an eight-metre waterfall.
 
 
 

Gazelle Mayfair

Opened 9th July 2018

Gazelle Mayfair Opened 9th July 2018 In July 2018 chef Rob Roy Cameron and drinks expert Tony Conigliaro - who's behind top London bars 69 Colebrooke Row, Untitled and Bar Termini - open the doors to Gazelle in Mayfair, an elegant bar and restaurant on two floors of an Edwardian building on Albemarle Street. Serving modern European cuisine with global influences, the restaurant seats 32 in the main dining room, six in the downstairs cocktail bar and a further 36 in the upstairs bar and lounge. Discreetly located off street level, the first floor restaurant offers a market led menu - think small portions of squid, turbot and pigs tails, designed to share. The intimate second floor cocktail bar features a selection of bespoke cocktails with a focus on champagne, curated by award winning drinks expert, Tony Conigliaro and his Drinks Factory team. 2018/07/09 Where:
Gazelle Mayfair, 48 Albermarle Street London, W1S 4DH
Category: Modern European Cuisine

Gazelle Mayfair, 48 Albermarle Street, London, W1S 4DH

Tube: Green Park Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurant
In July 2018 chef Rob Roy Cameron and drinks expert Tony Conigliaro - who's behind top London bars 69 Colebrooke Row, Untitled and Bar Termini - open the doors to Gazelle in Mayfair, an elegant bar and restaurant on two floors of an Edwardian building on Albemarle Street. Serving modern European cuisine with global influences, the restaurant seats 32 in the main dining room, six in the downstairs cocktail bar and a further 36 in the upstairs bar and lounge. Discreetly located off street level, the first floor restaurant offers a market led menu - think small portions of squid, turbot and pigs tails, designed to share. The intimate second floor cocktail bar features a selection of bespoke cocktails with a focus on champagne, curated by award winning drinks expert, Tony Conigliaro and his Drinks Factory team.
 
 
 

BOTTLES

Opened 6th July 2018

BOTTLES Opened 6th July 2018 The co-founders of Bottles & Battles in Mercato Metropolitano have teamed up with pop-up restaurant, SOOD Family, to create BOTTLES, a relaxed and buzzy space in Old Spitalfields Market. Italian food and wine aficionados, Franco Mancini and Daniele Marano, share their passion at this friendly and unpretentious place where you can discover new wines and revisit old favourites. The wine bar deals in quality wines made by independent producers and small farms and has an impressive list of around 180 labels - including a small but strong selection of international wines. Every member of staff is a sommelier in their own right so you can call on their expert advice and enthusiasm when it comes to choosing the most suitable wine to go with your food. Beef carpaccio and o ctopus tortelloni are served at large communal tables on both floors of the exposed brick space, there's a dedicated mozzarella bar at the market entrance and a tall refrigerated display of cured meats and cheeses stands as the centrepiece on the first floor. 2018/07/06 Where:
BOTTLES, 67 Brushfield Street London, E1 6AA
Category: Wine Bars

BOTTLES, 67 Brushfield Street, London, E1 6AA

Tube: Liverpool Street Station, Aldgate East Station, Aldgate East Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo Rumi
The co-founders of Bottles & Battles in Mercato Metropolitano have teamed up with pop-up restaurant, SOOD Family, to create BOTTLES, a relaxed and buzzy space in Old Spitalfields Market. Italian food and wine aficionados, Franco Mancini and Daniele Marano, share their passion at this friendly and unpretentious place where you can discover new wines and revisit old favourites. The wine bar deals in quality wines made by independent producers and small farms and has an impressive list of around 180 labels - including a small but strong selection of international wines. Every member of staff is a sommelier in their own right so you can call on their expert advice and enthusiasm when it comes to choosing the most suitable wine to go with your food. Beef carpaccio and o ctopus tortelloni are served at large communal tables on both floors of the exposed brick space, there's a dedicated mozzarella bar at the market entrance and a tall refrigerated display of cured meats and cheeses stands as the centrepiece on the first floor.
 
 
 
 

Ichiba

Opened Summer 2018

Ichiba Opened Summer 2018 Europe's largest Japanese food hall, the 17,400 square foot Ichiba store in the expanded part of Westfield London is the place to go for Japanese food, kitchen staples - from sake to soy sauce - tastings and demos. And there's seating for over 200 . Decked out in Japanese style with lanterns, paper, and lights inspired by chopsticks, flags and traditional fabrics break up the space . Food stations offer everything from katsu curries to sushi and sashimi and street food including takoyaki, tempura and noodles made fresh to order . A traditional Japanese bakery and cafe is also on site, serving dorayaki pancakes with teas including hot or iced matcha lattes. Don't miss the dedicated kaku-uchi sake bar, serving hot sake handpicked by the in store sake sommelier. Stock up on all the essentials, from soy sauce to sake, confectionery to ceramics. 2018/07/06 Where:
Ichiba, Westfield London, Ariel Way London, W12 7GF
Category: Japanese Cuisine

Ichiba, Westfield , Ariel Way, London, W12 7GF

Tube: Wood Lane Station, Shepherd's Bush Market Station (Hammersmith and City Line), Shepherd's Bush Station (Central)

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo Rumi
Europe's largest Japanese food hall, the 17,400 square foot Ichiba store in the expanded part of Westfield London is the place to go for Japanese food, kitchen staples - from sake to soy sauce - tastings and demos. And there's seating for over 200 . Decked out in Japanese style with lanterns, paper, and lights inspired by chopsticks, flags and traditional fabrics break up the space . Food stations offer everything from katsu curries to sushi and sashimi and street food including takoyaki, tempura and noodles made fresh to order . A traditional Japanese bakery and cafe is also on site, serving dorayaki pancakes with teas including hot or iced matcha lattes. Don't miss the dedicated kaku-uchi sake bar, serving hot sake handpicked by the in store sake sommelier. Stock up on all the essentials, from soy sauce to sake, confectionery to ceramics.
 
 
 

King's Arms, Wandsworth

Opened 5th July 2018

King's Arms, Wandsworth Opened 5th July 2018 Hidden away from the hustle and bustle of Wandsworth High Street, the huge garden at the King's Arms is a real find. Run by Geronimo Inns, Young's little sister, the pub is located just moments from the former Ram Brewery and birthplace of Young's. In the expansive garden there are bookable huts, a cocktail bar and Burger Shack. Cocktails, craft beers, whiskies and wines sit alongside seasonal menus that include all-day brunches, seasonal British food and smoked charcuterie. Inside, the wooden bar is a dominant feature and bay windows, complete with stained glass rams dating from 1855, contrast with the stripped back and exposed walls. The Armoury, a secret chamber with Chesterfield sofas, is a stylish retreat made for sipping scotch or a Ram cocktail and can be booked for parties and special occasions. 2018/07/05 Where:
King's Arms, Wandsworth, 94-96 Wandsworth High Street London, SW18 4LB
Category: Pubs

King's Arms, Wandsworth, 94-96 Wandsworth High Street, London, SW18 4LB

Tube: East Putney Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo Rumi
Hidden away from the hustle and bustle of Wandsworth High Street, the huge garden at the King's Arms is a real find. Run by Geronimo Inns, Young's little sister, the pub is located just moments from the former Ram Brewery and birthplace of Young's. In the expansive garden there are bookable huts, a cocktail bar and Burger Shack. Cocktails, craft beers, whiskies and wines sit alongside seasonal menus that include all-day brunches, seasonal British food and smoked charcuterie. Inside, the wooden bar is a dominant feature and bay windows, complete with stained glass rams dating from 1855, contrast with the stripped back and exposed walls. The Armoury, a secret chamber with Chesterfield sofas, is a stylish retreat made for sipping scotch or a Ram cocktail and can be booked for parties and special occasions.
 
 
 

London Shuffle Club

Opened 4th July 2018

London Shuffle Club Opened 4th July 2018 After three years of pop ups in places like the Truman Brewery, the shuffleboard experts, the London Shuffle Club, have a permanent home in Shoreditch from July 2018. New to the game? You'll soon pick it up. The sport originated on the decks of cruise ships in the early 20th century and tasks you with sliding your weighted pucks or 'biscuits' down a long, smooth wooden board and onto a scoring triangle at the opposite end of your lane. But beware: overshoot and you'll end up in the 'kitchen'. You won't have to do the washing up but you will loose 10 points and risk being mocked by your friends. The beauty of the game is that anyone can play - not just sporting freaks or gym geeks - and it can be played with a cocktail in hand. The large, tastefully designed, colourful space features an open-air shuffleboard terrace, guest ales and cocktails on rotation, served from an Airstream, as well as live music. With places like Flight Club and the Shuffle Club, London has a whole new world of stylish sports-in-bars. 2018/07/04 Where:
London Shuffle Club, 4 Ebor Street London, E1 6AW
Category:

London Shuffle Club, 4 Ebor Street, London, E1 6AW

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo Rumi
After three years of pop ups in places like the Truman Brewery, the shuffleboard experts, the London Shuffle Club, have a permanent home in Shoreditch from July 2018. New to the game? You'll soon pick it up. The sport originated on the decks of cruise ships in the early 20th century and tasks you with sliding your weighted pucks or 'biscuits' down a long, smooth wooden board and onto a scoring triangle at the opposite end of your lane. But beware: overshoot and you'll end up in the 'kitchen'. You won't have to do the washing up but you will loose 10 points and risk being mocked by your friends. The beauty of the game is that anyone can play - not just sporting freaks or gym geeks - and it can be played with a cocktail in hand. The large, tastefully designed, colourful space features an open-air shuffleboard terrace, guest ales and cocktails on rotation, served from an Airstream, as well as live music. With places like Flight Club and the Shuffle Club, London has a whole new world of stylish sports-in-bars.
 
 
 

Kitsune no yomeiri

Opened 2nd July 2018

Kitsune no yomeiri Opened 2nd July 2018 Satisfying City workers looking for a quick and authentic Japanese lunchtime fix Moorgate's izakaya restaurant, Kitsune no yomeiri , serves chicken teriyaki, salmon, chicken katsu, tonkatsu and veggie bento to-go. Izakaya in London has come to mean Japanese casual dining and Kitsune does just that with small plates like Kitsune hot wings and chicken yakitori, or larger satisfying servings of tonkatsu, salmon poke, Kitsune udon, katsu curry, or pork ribs. Desserts are a choice of matcha mille crepes, matcha yuzu cheesecake and green tea roll cake, all available to have in or takeaway. The team of chefs brings collective expertise from the kitchens of Nanban, Tonkotsu, and Machiya, to the City. The drinks list includes a large selection of Japanese whiskies, sakes or beers, available from the bar. Whether you're looking for an express lunches, quality takeaway a relaxed evening meal this fits the bill. 2018/07/02 Where:
Kitsune no yomeiri, 46 Moorgate London, EC2R 6EL
Category: Japanese Cuisine

Kitsune no yomeiri, 46 Moorgate, London, EC2R 6EL

Tube: Moorgate Station, Bank Station, Liverpool Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo Rumi
Satisfying City workers looking for a quick and authentic Japanese lunchtime fix Moorgate's izakaya restaurant, Kitsune no yomeiri , serves chicken teriyaki, salmon, chicken katsu, tonkatsu and veggie bento to-go. Izakaya in London has come to mean Japanese casual dining and Kitsune does just that with small plates like Kitsune hot wings and chicken yakitori, or larger satisfying servings of tonkatsu, salmon poke, Kitsune udon, katsu curry, or pork ribs. Desserts are a choice of matcha mille crepes, matcha yuzu cheesecake and green tea roll cake, all available to have in or takeaway. The team of chefs brings collective expertise from the kitchens of Nanban, Tonkotsu, and Machiya, to the City. The drinks list includes a large selection of Japanese whiskies, sakes or beers, available from the bar. Whether you're looking for an express lunches, quality takeaway a relaxed evening meal this fits the bill.
 
 
 

Stokey Bears

Opened 2nd July 2018

Stokey Bears Opened 2nd July 2018 Stokey Bears, the burger joint from street food veteran Burger Bear, now has a second site in Haggerston, just up the road from the Stoke Newington original, which opened in 2014. The classic Stokey Bears line up of burgers, beats, and booze is added to with a vegan menu, exclusive to Haggerston. The 'Chix' chicken burger meanwhile features double fried chicken thigh, Holy F**k mayo, pickled red onion, and japalpeno 'slaw. Weekends bring a brunch menu with bacon and egg buns and the venue comes with a laid-back bar vibe and beer garden. Stokey Bears in Haggerston is a drinking den as much as a dining destination, with a big selection of local beers from the likes of Beavertown and London Fields breweries, cocktails and hard shakes. Cereal milkshakes - in Corn Flakes, Crunchy Nut, and Coco Pops flavours - and vegan shakes are made with Dalston's vegan Hell Yum ice cream and London Cocktail Club cocktails are on tap. 2018/07/02 Where:
Stokey Bears, 480 Kingsland Road London, E8 4AE
Category:

Stokey Bears, 480 Kingsland Road, London, E8 4AE

Tube: Highbury & Islington Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo Rumi
Stokey Bears, the burger joint from street food veteran Burger Bear, now has a second site in Haggerston, just up the road from the Stoke Newington original, which opened in 2014. The classic Stokey Bears line up of burgers, beats, and booze is added to with a vegan menu, exclusive to Haggerston. The 'Chix' chicken burger meanwhile features double fried chicken thigh, Holy F**k mayo, pickled red onion, and japalpeno 'slaw. Weekends bring a brunch menu with bacon and egg buns and the venue comes with a laid-back bar vibe and beer garden. Stokey Bears in Haggerston is a drinking den as much as a dining destination, with a big selection of local beers from the likes of Beavertown and London Fields breweries, cocktails and hard shakes. Cereal milkshakes - in Corn Flakes, Crunchy Nut, and Coco Pops flavours - and vegan shakes are made with Dalston's vegan Hell Yum ice cream and London Cocktail Club cocktails are on tap.
 
 
 
 

Eccleston Place by Tart London

Opened summer 2018

Eccleston Place by Tart London Opened summer 2018 Jemima Jones and Lucy Carr-Ellison - the fashionable duo behind Tart London - open their first permanent restaurant in Eccleston Yards, a quiet historic courtyard in Victoria, used for coach manufacturing in the mid-1860s. Tart London, which started in 2012 as a bespoke catering company for fashion and film shoots, has worked with high profile clients including Kate Moss, Sienna Miller, Eddie Redmayne and Cara Delevingne. More than a restaurant, this bricks-and-mortar site is a multipurpose venue with a retail space and fashion photography studio as well as an events space run in partnership with Tom Warren, founder of Lock Studios. Eccleston Place by Tart London joins The Jones Family Kitchen and other east London businesses - Barrys Bootcamp and Tailor Made London - in Eccleston Yards, a pedestrianised space with shared workspace for more than 500 people, a Scandinavian beauty salon and a drop-in meditation studio and eco-lifestyle store. 2018/07/01 Where:
Eccleston Place by Tart London, 3-4 Eccleston Yard London, SW1W 9AZ
Category: British Cuisine

Eccleston Place by Tart London, 3-4 Eccleston Yard, London, SW1W 9AZ

Tube: Victoria Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo Rumi
Jemima Jones and Lucy Carr-Ellison - the fashionable duo behind Tart London - open their first permanent restaurant in Eccleston Yards, a quiet historic courtyard in Victoria, used for coach manufacturing in the mid-1860s. Tart London, which started in 2012 as a bespoke catering company for fashion and film shoots, has worked with high profile clients including Kate Moss, Sienna Miller, Eddie Redmayne and Cara Delevingne. More than a restaurant, this bricks-and-mortar site is a multipurpose venue with a retail space and fashion photography studio as well as an events space run in partnership with Tom Warren, founder of Lock Studios. Eccleston Place by Tart London joins The Jones Family Kitchen and other east London businesses - Barrys Bootcamp and Tailor Made London - in Eccleston Yards, a pedestrianised space with shared workspace for more than 500 people, a Scandinavian beauty salon and a drop-in meditation studio and eco-lifestyle store.
 
 
 

Grays & Feather

Opened Early summer 2018

Grays & Feather Opened Early summer 2018 Specialising in sparkling wines Grays & Feather offers an exploration, education and, most importantly, enjoyment - without breaking the bank - of fizz. From the rolling hills of England to the southern peaks of Patagonia, their huge library of bubbly take guests on a journey around the world. Set up by sparkling wine expert Andrew Gray, Grays & Feather takes its name his successful wine merchant business of the same name, found online and at the Southbank Food Market. At this Covent Garden site he showcases undiscovered and unusual wines from small, hidden experimental winemakers from across the globe, complemented by a menu of small plates. 2018/06/30 Where:
Grays & Feather, 26 Wellington Street London, WC2E 7DD
Category: Wine Bars

Grays & Feather, 26 Wellington Street, London, WC2E 7DD

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Temple Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairs
Specialising in sparkling wines Grays & Feather offers an exploration, education and, most importantly, enjoyment - without breaking the bank - of fizz. From the rolling hills of England to the southern peaks of Patagonia, their huge library of bubbly take guests on a journey around the world. Set up by sparkling wine expert Andrew Gray, Grays & Feather takes its name his successful wine merchant business of the same name, found online and at the Southbank Food Market. At this Covent Garden site he showcases undiscovered and unusual wines from small, hidden experimental winemakers from across the globe, complemented by a menu of small plates.
 
 
 

Hard Rock Hotel London

Opened 2018

Hard Rock Hotel London Opened 2018 How apt that a place once frequented by guitar legend Jimi Hendrix will become the Hard Rock Hotel London. A conversion of the existing Cumberland Hotel, and a short walk from the Hard Rock Cafe, the hotel will, not surprisingly, turn up the rock n roll factor with live music events by both local and international musicians. Guests arriving at the 900-room Hard Rock Hotel, which is at Marble Arch and so benefits from those panoramic views over Hyde Park, will walk into at a vast, welcoming lobby lounge - a place that's made for cocktails and live music. As you'd expect from the Hard Rock, a brand which has made its name with this sort of thing, there'll be curated memorabilia on displayed in the hotel and a memorabilia vault, housing some of Hard Rock's 80,000 or so historical pieces. An on-site Hard Rock Cafe and a Rock Shop, spa, restaurant and speakeasy bar plus free unlimited Wi-Fi complete the package. A hotel in the spirit of Hendrix. 2018/06/30 Where:
Hard Rock Hotel London, Great Cumberland Place London, W1H 7DL
Category: New Hotels

Hard Rock Hotel London, Great Cumberland Place, London, W1H 7DL

Tube: Marble Arch Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairs
How apt that a place once frequented by guitar legend Jimi Hendrix will become the Hard Rock Hotel London. A conversion of the existing Cumberland Hotel, and a short walk from the Hard Rock Cafe, the hotel will, not surprisingly, turn up the rock n roll factor with live music events by both local and international musicians. Guests arriving at the 900-room Hard Rock Hotel, which is at Marble Arch and so benefits from those panoramic views over Hyde Park, will walk into at a vast, welcoming lobby lounge - a place that's made for cocktails and live music. As you'd expect from the Hard Rock, a brand which has made its name with this sort of thing, there'll be curated memorabilia on displayed in the hotel and a memorabilia vault, housing some of Hard Rock's 80,000 or so historical pieces. An on-site Hard Rock Cafe and a Rock Shop, spa, restaurant and speakeasy bar plus free unlimited Wi-Fi complete the package. A hotel in the spirit of Hendrix.
 
 
 

RAF Museum

Opened 30th June 2018

RAF Museum Opened 30th June 2018 2018 marks the centenary of the Royal Air Force and, coinciding with the celebrations, RAF Museum underwent a multi-million pound redevelopment. Here you can test your flying skills, explore RAF stories, sit inside a cockpit and explore three immersive exhibitions which highlight the stories of the people in the blue uniforms. The 2018 upgrade also added landscaped green spaces, children's playground and a restaurant. Britain's National Museum of Aviation, or RAF Museum, comprises several hundred thousand objects ranging in size from aircraft to lapel badges, and spanning more than a century of aviation history. The Historic Hangars, listed buildings that were part of the old Hendon Aerodrome, contain five exhibitions with an impressive collection of over 100 full-sized aircraft, some suspended from the ceiling, as if in flight. Helicopters, water landing aeroplanes, fighters and bombers, past and present, are all on display. The Battle Britain tells the story of the RAF's historic fight against Germany in the 1940's, featuring a de Havilland Tiger Moth II, the world's most famous training aircraft, a Hawker Hurricane and Supermarine Spitfire among the very planes that went to war. The museum also houses an Aeronauts Interactive Centre with over 40 hands on experiments showing how an aeroplane weighing hundreds of tonnes can stay in the sky with real and simulated cockpits to sit in. Kids and plane enthusiasts alike will love it. 2018/06/30 Where:
RAF Museum, Grahame Park Way, Hendon London, NW9 5LL
Category: Museums

RAF Museum, Grahame Park Way, Hendon, London, NW9 5LL

Tube: Colindale Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairs
2018 marks the centenary of the Royal Air Force and, coinciding with the celebrations, RAF Museum underwent a multi-million pound redevelopment. Here you can test your flying skills, explore RAF stories, sit inside a cockpit and explore three immersive exhibitions which highlight the stories of the people in the blue uniforms. The 2018 upgrade also added landscaped green spaces, children's playground and a restaurant. Britain's National Museum of Aviation, or RAF Museum, comprises several hundred thousand objects ranging in size from aircraft to lapel badges, and spanning more than a century of aviation history. The Historic Hangars, listed buildings that were part of the old Hendon Aerodrome, contain five exhibitions with an impressive collection of over 100 full-sized aircraft, some suspended from the ceiling, as if in flight. Helicopters, water landing aeroplanes, fighters and bombers, past and present, are all on display. The Battle Britain tells the story of the RAF's historic fight against Germany in the 1940's, featuring a de Havilland Tiger Moth II, the world's most famous training aircraft, a Hawker Hurricane and Supermarine Spitfire among the very planes that went to war. The museum also houses an Aeronauts Interactive Centre with over 40 hands on experiments showing how an aeroplane weighing hundreds of tonnes can stay in the sky with real and simulated cockpits to sit in. Kids and plane enthusiasts alike will love it.
 
 
 

Yen Burger

Opened end of June 2018

Yen Burger Opened end of June 2018 Adding to London's booming burger scene, Yen Burger brings something new to the table. Owned by young female foodie entrepreneur Yen Nguyen, the Japanese urban-inspired restaurant in Borough offers premium Asian-influenced burgers, combining unique ingredients like Japanese chili and Kim-chi mayonnaise as well as Asian herbs including 'Shiso', a Japanese leaf known for its great taste and amazing health benefits. With 'no frozen food' being one of Yen Burgers highest priorities, each burger is freshly made in-house from quality Aberdeen Black Angus or Wagyu beef, sustainable cod or vegetable alternatives. All of the bread buns are sourced locally at Bread Ahead, especially for Yen Burger, and there's a gluten free option too. Healthy sides include crunchy Asian coleslaw, freshly steamed edamame beans and homemade sweet potato chips. An extensive Asian influenced cocktail menu lists a vast range of spice-infused aperitifs mixed with fresh kumquat, calpis and fresh mint. 2018/06/30 Where:
Yen Burger, 1B Southwark Street London, SE1 1RQ
Category: Japanese Cuisine

Yen Burger, 1B Southwark Street, London, SE1 1RQ

Tube: London Bridge Station, Borough Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger
Adding to London's booming burger scene, Yen Burger brings something new to the table. Owned by young female foodie entrepreneur Yen Nguyen, the Japanese urban-inspired restaurant in Borough offers premium Asian-influenced burgers, combining unique ingredients like Japanese chili and Kim-chi mayonnaise as well as Asian herbs including 'Shiso', a Japanese leaf known for its great taste and amazing health benefits. With 'no frozen food' being one of Yen Burgers highest priorities, each burger is freshly made in-house from quality Aberdeen Black Angus or Wagyu beef, sustainable cod or vegetable alternatives. All of the bread buns are sourced locally at Bread Ahead, especially for Yen Burger, and there's a gluten free option too. Healthy sides include crunchy Asian coleslaw, freshly steamed edamame beans and homemade sweet potato chips. An extensive Asian influenced cocktail menu lists a vast range of spice-infused aperitifs mixed with fresh kumquat, calpis and fresh mint.
 
 
 
 

Savage Garden

Opened June 2018

Savage Garden Opened June 2018 A sky-high bar, 12 storeys above the City, and far removed from the corporate streets below, Savage Garden is an all-day bar and cocktail lounge, located atop the DoubleTree by Hilton - Tower of London. From your plush velvet seat you get 360-degree views over landmarks like The Shard, Tower of London, The Gherkin and St. Paul's Cathedral. Going with the theme of 'uncontrolled Savage Garden', the colour scheme assaults the senses with soft lavenders and rose pinks set off by burnt oranges. Outside, a large all-weather north facing terrace, available for private hire, is set-up for all seasons thanks to its retractable roof. So you can lunch al fresco and enjoy sundown cocktails in the summer or sip on hot toddies while watching the fireworks come autumn. A second south gin terrace is the perfect place to while away warmer days. 2018/06/28 Where:
Savage Garden, 7 Pepys Street London, EC3N 4AF
Category: Bars

Savage Garden, 7 Pepys Street, London, EC3N 4AF

Tube: Tower Hill Station, Aldgate Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger
A sky-high bar, 12 storeys above the City, and far removed from the corporate streets below, Savage Garden is an all-day bar and cocktail lounge, located atop the DoubleTree by Hilton - Tower of London. From your plush velvet seat you get 360-degree views over landmarks like The Shard, Tower of London, The Gherkin and St. Paul's Cathedral. Going with the theme of 'uncontrolled Savage Garden', the colour scheme assaults the senses with soft lavenders and rose pinks set off by burnt oranges. Outside, a large all-weather north facing terrace, available for private hire, is set-up for all seasons thanks to its retractable roof. So you can lunch al fresco and enjoy sundown cocktails in the summer or sip on hot toddies while watching the fireworks come autumn. A second south gin terrace is the perfect place to while away warmer days.
 
 
 

Puttshack

Opened 22nd June 2018

Puttshack Opened 22nd June 2018 Brought to you by the brains behind Bounce and the tech whizzes behind global phenomenon Topgolf, Puttshack takes mini-golf to a whole new level - and you'll never get away with cheating again. Seven years in the making, the 15 million pound project is sprawled across 20,000 square feet - part of the 600 million pound Westfield London expansion which adds 90 new outlets to the west London shopping mall. At Puttshack you not only get four interactive nine hole courses, you'll also find a 750-capacity rum bar and restaurant where the menu, curated by Richard Edney, includes vegetarian and vegan dishes with florentine pizza and bao steamed buns among the choices. Adam Breeden, co-founder of Bounce, Flight Club, All Star Lanes and now Puttshack, is clearly king of Social Sports in London. 2018/06/22 Where:
Puttshack, Westfield London, Relay Square London, W12 7GF
Category: Golf

Puttshack, Westfield , Relay Square, London, W12 7GF

Tube: Wood Lane Station, Shepherd's Bush Market Station (Hammersmith and City Line), Shepherd's Bush Station (Central)

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi Burger
Brought to you by the brains behind Bounce and the tech whizzes behind global phenomenon Topgolf, Puttshack takes mini-golf to a whole new level - and you'll never get away with cheating again. Seven years in the making, the 15 million pound project is sprawled across 20,000 square feet - part of the 600 million pound Westfield London expansion which adds 90 new outlets to the west London shopping mall. At Puttshack you not only get four interactive nine hole courses, you'll also find a 750-capacity rum bar and restaurant where the menu, curated by Richard Edney, includes vegetarian and vegan dishes with florentine pizza and bao steamed buns among the choices. Adam Breeden, co-founder of Bounce, Flight Club, All Star Lanes and now Puttshack, is clearly king of Social Sports in London.
 
 
 

The Royal Oak

Opened 19th June 2018

The Royal Oak Opened 19th June 2018 On 8th June 2018 Dan Doherty, chef, author and judge on BBC's Britain's Best Cook, announced on Instagram that he'd bought this beautiful pub in Marylebone. Ten days after getting the keys, following a good scrub down, a lick of paint and some fresh hanging baskets, he reopened The Royal Oak with little fanfare and some really good beers. Giving an honest account of bringing the Marylebone pub back to life via Instagram, fans of the chef - who first came to our attention when he was at Duck & Waffle - have seen the speedy turnaround of the pub with 'a good soul'. Promising "some epic beers" - we spotted cases of Duvel, Vedett, Belgian beer by Liefmans, pale ale from Orval and Hackney's Five Points Brewing Company - and decent wines as well as food in the second week... see Dan Doherty on Instagram @dandoherty_ for the latest updates. 2018/06/19 Where:
The Royal Oak, 74-76 York Street London, W1H 1QN
Category: Pubs

The Royal Oak, 74-76 York Street, London, W1H 1QN

Tube: Marylebone Station, Baker Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan Doherty
On 8th June 2018 Dan Doherty, chef, author and judge on BBC's Britain's Best Cook, announced on Instagram that he'd bought this beautiful pub in Marylebone. Ten days after getting the keys, following a good scrub down, a lick of paint and some fresh hanging baskets, he reopened The Royal Oak with little fanfare and some really good beers. Giving an honest account of bringing the Marylebone pub back to life via Instagram, fans of the chef - who first came to our attention when he was at Duck & Waffle - have seen the speedy turnaround of the pub with 'a good soul'. Promising "some epic beers" - we spotted cases of Duvel, Vedett, Belgian beer by Liefmans, pale ale from Orval and Hackney's Five Points Brewing Company - and decent wines as well as food in the second week... see Dan Doherty on Instagram @dandoherty_ for the latest updates.
 
 
 

Cora Pearl

Opened 18th June 2018

Cora Pearl Opened 18th June 2018 With double-height windows opening onto the 'Actors' Church', this Covent Garden restaurant from the team behind Kitty Fisher's is an attractive proposition. George Barson heads up both sites as executive chef and takes inspiration from ' the party queen of Paris' at Cora Pearl. The 60 seat restaurant embodies the drama and excitement of her glamourous demi-monde life and serves a menu of simple classics and decadent dishes. Shrimp Newburg and a pig jowl and Montgomery cheese toastie sit alongside starters of leek heart with smoked eel. Main courses are a comforting fish stew, or confit pork belly with smoked quince as well as daily specials. Parquet flooring, dark textiles, ferns, upholstered wall-panels, tarnished mirrors and vintage lights decorate the main ground floor dining room overlooking Inigo Jones's St Paul's Church while the lower ground floor houses the open kitchen and an intimate cocktail bar with a late licence for post-theatre drinks and dining. 2018/06/18 Where:
Cora Pearl, 30 Henrietta Street London, WC2E 8NA
Category: French Cuisine

Cora Pearl, 30 Henrietta Street, London, WC2E 8NA

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station, Charing Cross Station, Embankment Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barson
With double-height windows opening onto the 'Actors' Church', this Covent Garden restaurant from the team behind Kitty Fisher's is an attractive proposition. George Barson heads up both sites as executive chef and takes inspiration from ' the party queen of Paris' at Cora Pearl. The 60 seat restaurant embodies the drama and excitement of her glamourous demi-monde life and serves a menu of simple classics and decadent dishes. Shrimp Newburg and a pig jowl and Montgomery cheese toastie sit alongside starters of leek heart with smoked eel. Main courses are a comforting fish stew, or confit pork belly with smoked quince as well as daily specials. Parquet flooring, dark textiles, ferns, upholstered wall-panels, tarnished mirrors and vintage lights decorate the main ground floor dining room overlooking Inigo Jones's St Paul's Church while the lower ground floor houses the open kitchen and an intimate cocktail bar with a late licence for post-theatre drinks and dining.
 
 
 

MoreYoga Tower Bridge

Opened 18th June 2018

MoreYoga Tower Bridge Opened 18th June 2018 Two years after launching its first studio in 2016 MoreYoga, which has studios across London, added this Tower Bridge space. The 14th yoga studio from the group has an intimate feel with simple design and offers a 'no-fuss approach' to yoga. Classes are held throughout the day and follow an intuitive programme with many yoga-fitness crossovers, specialist restorative classes and traditional branches of yoga with a twist. Each class is tailored by experienced teachers. Those who sign up for MoreYoga memberships don't just get to use the Tower Bridge studio, they can access multiple studios across London, from Caledonian Road to Clapham. 2018/06/18 Where:
MoreYoga Tower Bridge, 7 Horselydown Lane London, SE1 2LN
Category:

MoreYoga Tower Bridge, 7 Horselydown Lane, London, SE1 2LN

Tube: London Bridge Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barson
Two years after launching its first studio in 2016 MoreYoga, which has studios across London, added this Tower Bridge space. The 14th yoga studio from the group has an intimate feel with simple design and offers a 'no-fuss approach' to yoga. Classes are held throughout the day and follow an intuitive programme with many yoga-fitness crossovers, specialist restorative classes and traditional branches of yoga with a twist. Each class is tailored by experienced teachers. Those who sign up for MoreYoga memberships don't just get to use the Tower Bridge studio, they can access multiple studios across London, from Caledonian Road to Clapham.
 
 
 
 

Brother Marcus Angel

Opened June 2018

Brother Marcus Angel Opened June 2018 Renowned for their award winning brunch, Brother Marcus , bring their sweet potato, courgette and feta fritters to Islington, to a bigger site than the Balham original . A stone's throw from Angel station, this branch adds an evening menu of Mediterranean small plates, Cretan old school cocktails and Greek wines. Friends and founders, Alex, Arthur and Tasos, use recipes that have been passed down through generations. So in the evenings you can try fried feta with honey and sesame, homemade crisps with oregano and lemon zest salt and daily home-baked Lagana bread - and that's just for starters. Grilled octopus, chargrilled aubergine and cracked pork belly are just three of the dishes on the menu divided into earth, land, sea and snacks. The interior design is a mix of natural and industrial materials, there's wooden in-built banquet seating with foliage falling around a steel grid. A semi-private dining room seating 12 is available for those looking to host their own parties. 2018/06/15 Where:
Brother Marcus Angel, 37-39 Camden Passage London, N1 8EA
Category: Mediterranean Cuisine

Brother Marcus Angel, 37-39 Camden Passage, London, N1 8EA

Tube: Angel Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barson
Renowned for their award winning brunch, Brother Marcus , bring their sweet potato, courgette and feta fritters to Islington, to a bigger site than the Balham original . A stone's throw from Angel station, this branch adds an evening menu of Mediterranean small plates, Cretan old school cocktails and Greek wines. Friends and founders, Alex, Arthur and Tasos, use recipes that have been passed down through generations. So in the evenings you can try fried feta with honey and sesame, homemade crisps with oregano and lemon zest salt and daily home-baked Lagana bread - and that's just for starters. Grilled octopus, chargrilled aubergine and cracked pork belly are just three of the dishes on the menu divided into earth, land, sea and snacks. The interior design is a mix of natural and industrial materials, there's wooden in-built banquet seating with foliage falling around a steel grid. A semi-private dining room seating 12 is available for those looking to host their own parties.
 
 
 

FirstLight Cycle

Opened June 2018

FirstLight Cycle Opened June 2018 With cycle studios like Psycle and Boom Cycle popping up all over the capital, there's been something of an indoor cycling revolution in the city. FirstLight Cycle ups the ante with the UK's largest boutique cycling centre, with three studios in Westfield London. Their USP is the use of sunlight simulation technology which they say will increase circadian rhythm, awaken the senses, enhance energy and improve your mood. Playlists for each class are choreographed to deliver a full body workout on a bike, with weighted body bars used for upper body and core strength movements. Riders are then taken on a journey from sunrise through to sunset, revealing a themed destination using special acoustics and visuals. FirstLight Cycle will join other brands including All Star Lanes and Puttshack within Westfield's west London expansion, making the shopping centre the largest in Europe. 2018/06/15 Where:
FirstLight Cycle, Westfield London London, W12 7GF
Category:

FirstLight Cycle, Westfield , London, W12 7GF

Tube: Wood Lane Station, Shepherd's Bush Market Station (Hammersmith and City Line), Shepherd's Bush Station (Central)

 
 
With cycle studios like Psycle and Boom Cycle popping up all over the capital, there's been something of an indoor cycling revolution in the city. FirstLight Cycle ups the ante with the UK's largest boutique cycling centre, with three studios in Westfield London. Their USP is the use of sunlight simulation technology which they say will increase circadian rhythm, awaken the senses, enhance energy and improve your mood. Playlists for each class are choreographed to deliver a full body workout on a bike, with weighted body bars used for upper body and core strength movements. Riders are then taken on a journey from sunrise through to sunset, revealing a themed destination using special acoustics and visuals. FirstLight Cycle will join other brands including All Star Lanes and Puttshack within Westfield's west London expansion, making the shopping centre the largest in Europe.
 
 
 

La Mia Mamma

Opened 15th June 2018

La Mia Mamma Opened 15th June 2018 An Italian restaurant of a different sort, La Mia Mamma prides itself on offering the very best regional Italian cuisine and aims to provide a taste of traditional home cooking. Opened by Peppe Corsaro, Corrado Mozzillo and Luca Maggiora, who all have fond childhood memories of their Mamma's food, the restaurant will welcome an Italian Mamma from a different region each season. The Mamma will take over the kitchen in order to create a range of fresh, regional dishes. All pastas are handmade daily in the restaurant window so the whole of Chelsea can see the Mamma in action. A selection of meats and fish will also be available, slow cooked on the charcoal Robata grill, and drinks will include a menu of Sicilian inspired cocktails and Italian wine, chosen to perfectly complement the food. 2018/06/15 Where:
La Mia Mamma, 257 King's Road London, SW3 5EL
Category: Italian Cuisine

La Mia Mamma, 257 King's Road, London, SW3 5EL

Tube: South Kensington Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barson
An Italian restaurant of a different sort, La Mia Mamma prides itself on offering the very best regional Italian cuisine and aims to provide a taste of traditional home cooking. Opened by Peppe Corsaro, Corrado Mozzillo and Luca Maggiora, who all have fond childhood memories of their Mamma's food, the restaurant will welcome an Italian Mamma from a different region each season. The Mamma will take over the kitchen in order to create a range of fresh, regional dishes. All pastas are handmade daily in the restaurant window so the whole of Chelsea can see the Mamma in action. A selection of meats and fish will also be available, slow cooked on the charcoal Robata grill, and drinks will include a menu of Sicilian inspired cocktails and Italian wine, chosen to perfectly complement the food.
 
 
 

Megan's on the Hill

Opened mid June 2018

Megan's on the Hill Opened mid June 2018 A favourite among west Londoners since 2002 Megan's, the dog-friendly cafe and restaurant, has built up a loyal following at branches in Fulham and Parsons Green. At Megan's on the Hill the simple formula of homemade cooking and instagrammable interiors is replicated in Balham on Bedford Hill (where the old Starbucks used to be). Bring your well-behaved four legged friend while you enjoy all-day brunch and organic coffee. Try a fresh juice or smoothie to kick start your morning. Eggs Benedict and home-made granola feature on the menu alongside top class cooked breakfasts. On the weekends you can enjoy bottomless brunch while the evening offering, similar to that at the Kings Road restaurant, includes sourdough pizzas. Try antipasti and charcuterie sharing boards to start, with shakshouka or deconstructed pan kebabs for main. 2018/06/15 Where:
Megan's on the Hill, 41-43 Bedford Hill London, SW12 9EY
Category: Cafes and Delis

Megan's on the Hill, 41-43 Bedford Hill, London, SW12 9EY

Tube: Balham Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barson
A favourite among west Londoners since 2002 Megan's, the dog-friendly cafe and restaurant, has built up a loyal following at branches in Fulham and Parsons Green. At Megan's on the Hill the simple formula of homemade cooking and instagrammable interiors is replicated in Balham on Bedford Hill (where the old Starbucks used to be). Bring your well-behaved four legged friend while you enjoy all-day brunch and organic coffee. Try a fresh juice or smoothie to kick start your morning. Eggs Benedict and home-made granola feature on the menu alongside top class cooked breakfasts. On the weekends you can enjoy bottomless brunch while the evening offering, similar to that at the Kings Road restaurant, includes sourdough pizzas. Try antipasti and charcuterie sharing boards to start, with shakshouka or deconstructed pan kebabs for main.
 
 
 

One Blackfriars

Opened 2018

One Blackfriars Opened 2018 Shortlisted for the 2015 World Architecture Festival Awards before it was even completed, One Blackfriars - or 'The Vase' - is a 170 metre high tower on London's Southbank where homes start at more than a million pounds... for a one-bed. The 50-storey asymmetric tower designed by SimpsonHaugh Architects makes its mark on London's skyline with an unusual curved vertical line - looking not unlike a boomerang. Within the curvaceous high rise are 273 new homes - costing up to £23 million - with interiors by Tara Bernerd's firm and with access to a spa and swimming pool, private screening room, wine cellar and an executive lounge on the 32nd level, complete with a private dining area. The boutique 161-bedroom Bankside Hotel, with interiors by US based Dayna Lee and Ted Berner, the principal designers of Powerstrip Studio - occupies the low-rise six storey building on Rennie Street at the base of the residential tower. The hotel is housed behind a separate curved glass facade and includes a restaurant and bar with an outdoor terrace , state-of-the-art fitness facilities and a 'white cube' art gallery. 2018/06/15 Where:
One Blackfriars, 1-16 Blackfriars Road London, SE1 9UF
Category: Sights

One Blackfriars, 1-16 Blackfriars Road, London, SE1 9UF

Tube: Blackfriars Underground Station, Southwark Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George Plc
Shortlisted for the 2015 World Architecture Festival Awards before it was even completed, One Blackfriars - or 'The Vase' - is a 170 metre high tower on London's Southbank where homes start at more than a million pounds... for a one-bed. The 50-storey asymmetric tower designed by SimpsonHaugh Architects makes its mark on London's skyline with an unusual curved vertical line - looking not unlike a boomerang. Within the curvaceous high rise are 273 new homes - costing up to £23 million - with interiors by Tara Bernerd's firm and with access to a spa and swimming pool, private screening room, wine cellar and an executive lounge on the 32nd level, complete with a private dining area. The boutique 161-bedroom Bankside Hotel, with interiors by US based Dayna Lee and Ted Berner, the principal designers of Powerstrip Studio - occupies the low-rise six storey building on Rennie Street at the base of the residential tower. The hotel is housed behind a separate curved glass facade and includes a restaurant and bar with an outdoor terrace , state-of-the-art fitness facilities and a 'white cube' art gallery.
 
 
 
 

Rok Soho

Opened mid 2018

Rok Soho Opened mid 2018 Rok, the Scandinavian restaurant which has, up until now, built a reputation for smoked meats, puts a greater emphasis on plant based dishes with its Soho restaurant, the first central London location from the group. With Rok Shoreditch and Islington already flying the flag for Guinea fowl and bacon jam, Rok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt Young have come up with more vegetable centric dishes - quite a change from the smoked meats which they are known for. The menu at Rok Soho has a section for fermented and pickled dishes made in-house - think cultured dairy products and fermented probiotic drinks. As well as non-alcoholic drinks they serve low ABV house meads and drinking vinegars developed in partnership with cocktail guru and long time collaborator Matt Whiley. 2018/06/15 Where:
Rok Soho, Soho London, W1
Category:

Rok Soho, Soho, London, W1

Tube: Tottenham Court Road Station, Goodge Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt Young
Rok, the Scandinavian restaurant which has, up until now, built a reputation for smoked meats, puts a greater emphasis on plant based dishes with its Soho restaurant, the first central London location from the group. With Rok Shoreditch and Islington already flying the flag for Guinea fowl and bacon jam, Rok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt Young have come up with more vegetable centric dishes - quite a change from the smoked meats which they are known for. The menu at Rok Soho has a section for fermented and pickled dishes made in-house - think cultured dairy products and fermented probiotic drinks. As well as non-alcoholic drinks they serve low ABV house meads and drinking vinegars developed in partnership with cocktail guru and long time collaborator Matt Whiley.
 
 
 

Grom Gelato

Opened 14th June 2018

Grom Gelato Opened 14th June 2018 Serving premium Italian gelato, Grom specialises in frozen milk and sugar made from high quality, naturally sourced fruits and ingredients. This Piccadilly store is the first London outlet for the Italian gelato founded by Federico Grom and Guido Martinetti, a manager and a winemaker who started out in 2003 with a small shop in Turin. They've taken their high quality ice cream around the world, from New York to Osaka, from Paris to Malibu and, from spring 2018, you can find it in London. At the Piccadilly store there are up to 13 flavours to choose from with the gelato freshly mixed right in front of you. Flavours include pistacchio, caffe, crema, cioccolato and more, all made with no additives. Alongside are other traditional Italian treats including biscotti, chocolates and jam. 2018/06/14 Where:
Grom Gelato, 16-18 Piccadilly Avenue London, W1J 0DF
Category:

Grom Gelato, 16-18 Piccadilly Avenue, London, W1J 0DF

Tube: Piccadilly Circus Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, Piccadilly
Serving premium Italian gelato, Grom specialises in frozen milk and sugar made from high quality, naturally sourced fruits and ingredients. This Piccadilly store is the first London outlet for the Italian gelato founded by Federico Grom and Guido Martinetti, a manager and a winemaker who started out in 2003 with a small shop in Turin. They've taken their high quality ice cream around the world, from New York to Osaka, from Paris to Malibu and, from spring 2018, you can find it in London. At the Piccadilly store there are up to 13 flavours to choose from with the gelato freshly mixed right in front of you. Flavours include pistacchio, caffe, crema, cioccolato and more, all made with no additives. Alongside are other traditional Italian treats including biscotti, chocolates and jam.
 
 
 

Brigadiers

Opened 6th June 2018

Brigadiers Opened 6th June 2018 They've given us the Michelin starred Trishna and Gymkhana, the hugely popular Hoppers as well as delivery service Motu Indian Kitchen. Now Jyotin, Karam, Karam Sethi and Sunaina Sethi, the family team behind JKS Restaurants, are bringing Brigadiers, a brand new concept, to Bloomberg Arcade. With two bars - Blighters and The Tap Room - as well as a whisky vending machine, on-tap cocktails, Champagne and punch fountains, and the group's own beer mean that Brigadiers will be a destination for the drinks as much as the food. Showing live sport on screens throughout the seven-roomed venue, other theatrical additions include a Pool Room and a card table in the Kukri private dining room. Outside, a wraparound terrace with seating for 34 offers a unique space for al fresco drinking and dining, with beer and prosecco on tap and cocktails. A separate Terrace Menu offers beer snacks such as 'Ox Cheek Vindaloo Samosas', 'Achari Chicken Skins', and 'Lotus Root & Puff Chaat' as well as a selection of small plates, bun kebabs and Pao. One of ten restaurants in the arcade, Brigadiers occupies one of three flagship spaces in the development next to Bloomberg's new European HQ, designed in collaboration with Foster + Partners. 2018/06/06 Where:
Brigadiers, 1-5 Bloomberg Arcade, 3 Queen Victoria Street London, EC2R
Category: Indian/South Asian Cuisine

Brigadiers, 1-5 Bloomberg Arcade, 3 Queen Victoria Street, London, EC2R

Tube: Mansion House Station, Cannon Street Station, Bank Station, Monument Station, St. Paul's Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken Skins
They've given us the Michelin starred Trishna and Gymkhana, the hugely popular Hoppers as well as delivery service Motu Indian Kitchen. Now Jyotin, Karam, Karam Sethi and Sunaina Sethi, the family team behind JKS Restaurants, are bringing Brigadiers, a brand new concept, to Bloomberg Arcade. With two bars - Blighters and The Tap Room - as well as a whisky vending machine, on-tap cocktails, Champagne and punch fountains, and the group's own beer mean that Brigadiers will be a destination for the drinks as much as the food. Showing live sport on screens throughout the seven-roomed venue, other theatrical additions include a Pool Room and a card table in the Kukri private dining room. Outside, a wraparound terrace with seating for 34 offers a unique space for al fresco drinking and dining, with beer and prosecco on tap and cocktails. A separate Terrace Menu offers beer snacks such as 'Ox Cheek Vindaloo Samosas', 'Achari Chicken Skins', and 'Lotus Root & Puff Chaat' as well as a selection of small plates, bun kebabs and Pao. One of ten restaurants in the arcade, Brigadiers occupies one of three flagship spaces in the development next to Bloomberg's new European HQ, designed in collaboration with Foster + Partners.
 
 
 

Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate

Opened 5th June 2018

Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate Opened 5th June 2018 Situated beside the Whitechapel Gallery, Spitalfields and Petticoat Lane, Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate brings modern, comfortable accommodation to Aldgate. The 212-room hotel includes doubles, twins with two double beds as well as several deluxe rooms and top floor suites. Each room comes with free WiFi, complimentary locally-stocked mini fridge and 24-hour room service. Modern and urban, the i nterior design is by Dexter Moren Associates, an architectural practice whose work includes The Curtain hotel, the Great Northern Hotel and the Shangri-La. Facilities include a restaurant where you can enjoy contemporary dishes and cocktails in a hotel which draws on the rich history of the local neighbourhood. 2018/06/05 Where:
Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate, 10 New Drum Street London, E1 7AT
Category: New Hotels

Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate, 10 New Drum Street, London, E1 7AT

Tube: Aldgate East Station, Aldgate East Underground Station, Aldgate Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken Skins
Situated beside the Whitechapel Gallery, Spitalfields and Petticoat Lane, Hotel Indigo London - Aldgate brings modern, comfortable accommodation to Aldgate. The 212-room hotel includes doubles, twins with two double beds as well as several deluxe rooms and top floor suites. Each room comes with free WiFi, complimentary locally-stocked mini fridge and 24-hour room service. Modern and urban, the i nterior design is by Dexter Moren Associates, an architectural practice whose work includes The Curtain hotel, the Great Northern Hotel and the Shangri-La. Facilities include a restaurant where you can enjoy contemporary dishes and cocktails in a hotel which draws on the rich history of the local neighbourhood.
 
 
 

HUCKSTER

Opened 1st June 2018

HUCKSTER Opened 1st June 2018 A food hub inspired by the lower Manhattan 1980s street food scene, HUCKSTER is an all-day dining and drinking destination in Paddington Central with a karaoke bar and a graffiti'd NY subway car. Food choices include RUMBL where you'll find hot chips tossed with thyme and different toppings including Chicken skin dust with chimichurri mayo. Crooked Peel Pizza Co. offers NY sourdough pizzas with nduja, habanero chili and mozzarella di bufala. TRUE Burgers invite you to try the MACnPATTY, a beef patty covered with oodles of mac and cheese. WONTON WILLY specialises in wonton noodle soups with bean sprouts and choi sum. For something sweet visit BUBBLE GODS where ice cream waffle cones come in flavours like Oreo Heaven. If, however, slow bar service is one of your pet peeves, maybe think twice before visiting. The staff work at a snail's pace when pouring a pint and once the cocktail happy hour begins you're in for a long, thirsty wait. 2018/06/1 Where:
HUCKSTER, 4 Kingdom Street London, W2 6AE
Category:

HUCKSTER, 4 Kingdom Street, London, W2 6AE

Tube: Royal Oak Station, Warwick Avenue Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken Skins
A food hub inspired by the lower Manhattan 1980s street food scene, HUCKSTER is an all-day dining and drinking destination in Paddington Central with a karaoke bar and a graffiti'd NY subway car. Food choices include RUMBL where you'll find hot chips tossed with thyme and different toppings including Chicken skin dust with chimichurri mayo. Crooked Peel Pizza Co. offers NY sourdough pizzas with nduja, habanero chili and mozzarella di bufala. TRUE Burgers invite you to try the MACnPATTY, a beef patty covered with oodles of mac and cheese. WONTON WILLY specialises in wonton noodle soups with bean sprouts and choi sum. For something sweet visit BUBBLE GODS where ice cream waffle cones come in flavours like Oreo Heaven. If, however, slow bar service is one of your pet peeves, maybe think twice before visiting. The staff work at a snail's pace when pouring a pint and once the cocktail happy hour begins you're in for a long, thirsty wait.
 
 
 
 

Hans' Bar & Grill

Opened 1st June 2018

Hans' Bar & Grill Opened 1st June 2018 Walking distance from Sloane Square, Hans' Bar & Grill offers an all-day seasonal menu and plush velvet chairs behind one of Pavilion Road's charming mews facades. The 106-seat restaurant, nestled amongst the artisanal shops and food suppliers of the picturesque street and part of 11 Cadogan Gardens, comes from the the team behind Chewton Glen and Cliveden House and is headed by chef Adam England (previously of Le Pont de la Tour). British produce is underpinned by his classical cookery skills, from his signature duck breast, to confit salmon, goats curd and cucumber, and his own take on a classic veal carpaccio. Taking inspiration from the namesake of the restaurant, Hans Sloane, who was credited with bringing cocoa to the UK, chocolate desserts and hot chocolate are a highlight at this inviting neighbourhood spot. Stop by for breakfast and brunch - for favourites like eggs benedict and steak tartare - or pull up at stool at the 20 seat bar. 2018/06/01 Where:
Hans' Bar & Grill, 164 Pavilion Road London, SW1X 0BP
Category: British Cuisine

Hans' Bar & Grill, 164 Pavilion Road, London, SW1X 0BP

Tube: Sloane Square Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam England
Walking distance from Sloane Square, Hans' Bar & Grill offers an all-day seasonal menu and plush velvet chairs behind one of Pavilion Road's charming mews facades. The 106-seat restaurant, nestled amongst the artisanal shops and food suppliers of the picturesque street and part of 11 Cadogan Gardens, comes from the the team behind Chewton Glen and Cliveden House and is headed by chef Adam England (previously of Le Pont de la Tour). British produce is underpinned by his classical cookery skills, from his signature duck breast, to confit salmon, goats curd and cucumber, and his own take on a classic veal carpaccio. Taking inspiration from the namesake of the restaurant, Hans Sloane, who was credited with bringing cocoa to the UK, chocolate desserts and hot chocolate are a highlight at this inviting neighbourhood spot. Stop by for breakfast and brunch - for favourites like eggs benedict and steak tartare - or pull up at stool at the 20 seat bar.
 
 
 

Kricket White City

Opened summer 2018

Kricket White City Opened summer 2018 It started out with a two year stint in one of Pop Brixton 's shipping containers then, in January 2017, Kricket's first permanent restaurant in Soho and this second, much larger bricks and mortar site in White City follows in summer 2018. Set up by founders chef Will Bowlby and Rik Campbell, Kricket brings a modern, seasonal twist to Indian dishes. This 3,600 square foot restaurant in White City has an open kitchen, cocktail bar, outdoor terrace and seating for up to 140 so it can take reservations of all sizes. Part of the £10 billion White City regeneration project, Kricket joins other food, drink and entertainment options at Television Centre including Homeslice, Patty & Bun, Butterscotch Bakery and a second outpost of the Bluebird Cafe as well as White City House - a members' club, 47-bedroom hotel and an Electric Cinema from Soho House, all of which open in 2018. 2018/06/01 Where:
Kricket White City, Television Centre, 89 Wood Lane London, W12 8FA
Category: Indian/South Asian Cuisine

Kricket White City, Television Centre, 89 Wood Lane, London, W12 8FA

Tube: Wood Lane Station, White City Station, Latimer Road Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh Johnson
It started out with a two year stint in one of Pop Brixton 's shipping containers then, in January 2017, Kricket's first permanent restaurant in Soho and this second, much larger bricks and mortar site in White City follows in summer 2018. Set up by founders chef Will Bowlby and Rik Campbell, Kricket brings a modern, seasonal twist to Indian dishes. This 3,600 square foot restaurant in White City has an open kitchen, cocktail bar, outdoor terrace and seating for up to 140 so it can take reservations of all sizes. Part of the £10 billion White City regeneration project, Kricket joins other food, drink and entertainment options at Television Centre including Homeslice, Patty & Bun, Butterscotch Bakery and a second outpost of the Bluebird Cafe as well as White City House - a members' club, 47-bedroom hotel and an Electric Cinema from Soho House, all of which open in 2018.
 
 
 

The Hoxton Southwark

Opened 1st June 2018

The Hoxton Southwark Opened 1st June 2018 When they opened their first hotel in Shoreditch in 2006, The Hoxton paved the way for design-led budget hotels, showing disbelievers that you didn't have to pay for expensive mini-bars, and rip-off rates for phone calls or internet access. Its success has led to a third hotel in London, a 192-bedroom property on Blackfriars Road in Southwark, which is expected to open in 2018, joining existing Hoxton hotels in Shoreditch and Holborn. Occupying the lower six floors of a 14-storey building, Soho House - who already run The Hoxton Grill at the Hoxton Shoreditch and Chicken Shop and Hubbard & Bell at Hoxton Holborn - will operate a restaurant on the ground floor and a bar at the top. "It's conquered east and central London and now Hoxton is poised to take the south" ran an Evening Standard headline when planning permission was granted in 2015. Where The Hoxton goes, the hipsters follow. 2018/6/1 Where:
The Hoxton Southwark, 32-40 Blackfriars Road London, SE1 8PB
Category: New Hotels

The Hoxton Southwark, 32-40 Blackfriars Road, London, SE1 8PB

Tube: Southwark Station

 
 
When they opened their first hotel in Shoreditch in 2006, The Hoxton paved the way for design-led budget hotels, showing disbelievers that you didn't have to pay for expensive mini-bars, and rip-off rates for phone calls or internet access. Its success has led to a third hotel in London, a 192-bedroom property on Blackfriars Road in Southwark, which is expected to open in 2018, joining existing Hoxton hotels in Shoreditch and Holborn. Occupying the lower six floors of a 14-storey building, Soho House - who already run The Hoxton Grill at the Hoxton Shoreditch and Chicken Shop and Hubbard & Bell at Hoxton Holborn - will operate a restaurant on the ground floor and a bar at the top. "It's conquered east and central London and now Hoxton is poised to take the south" ran an Evening Standard headline when planning permission was granted in 2015. Where The Hoxton goes, the hipsters follow.
 
 
 

L'Oscar

Opened May 2018

L'Oscar Opened May 2018 Taking over a Grade II listed former church, L'Oscar is one of London's most extravagant new hotels. Designed by French architect Jacques Garcia - the man responsible for Hotel Costes in Paris - the 39-room hotel is a lavish, sexy affair with leather wallpaper, tasselled velvet chairs, loud patterns and a bold colour palette. Original features such as tiled floors and fireplaces decorated with scenes from the bible remain while in one room a clock tower has been transformed into a bathroom. The building's 1903 octagonal chapel is now home to a restaurant run by Tony Fleming with a bar sitting where the organ used to be. 2018/05/31 Where:
L'Oscar, 2-6 Southampton Row London, WC1B 4AA
Category: New Hotels

L'Oscar, 2-6 Southampton Row, London, WC1B 4AA

Tube: Holborn Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh Johnson
Taking over a Grade II listed former church, L'Oscar is one of London's most extravagant new hotels. Designed by French architect Jacques Garcia - the man responsible for Hotel Costes in Paris - the 39-room hotel is a lavish, sexy affair with leather wallpaper, tasselled velvet chairs, loud patterns and a bold colour palette. Original features such as tiled floors and fireplaces decorated with scenes from the bible remain while in one room a clock tower has been transformed into a bathroom. The building's 1903 octagonal chapel is now home to a restaurant run by Tony Fleming with a bar sitting where the organ used to be.
 
 
 

Scarlett Green

Opened May 2018

Scarlett Green Opened May 2018 Antipodean-inspired food and cocktails are the speciality at Scarlett Green, a two floor Soho restaurant inspired by Melbourne and Sydney cafe culture. It's part of the Daisy Green Collection, set up by Prue Freeman and known for its fresh Aussie style. On Soho's Noel Street, the cafe sells small plates of spicy tuna tostadas, Bondi hot prawns and Vegemite, truffle and cheese doughnuts. Alongside their much-loved vegetarian and vegan options, there's sashimi and ceviche with seafood delivered daily from the Looe market day boats. Choose from over 24 Aussie wines by the glass, craft beers or a flat white made with their house Beany blend. Bottomless brunch helps create a laid back vibe, reinforced by live acoustic music upstairs from 4pm daily and late night DJ sets. It's all set against huge bespoke artworks including a 20 foot mural by Paul Robinson and original pieces by Oli Epp, Louise Dear and Shuby. There's more from the group with Timmy Green in Nova, rated one of London's Top Paleo restaurants by Vogue in 2017. 2018/05/31 Where:
Scarlett Green, 4 Noel Street London, W1F 8GB
Category:

Scarlett Green, 4 Noel Street, London, W1F 8GB

Tube: Tottenham Court Road Station, Oxford Circus Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
Antipodean-inspired food and cocktails are the speciality at Scarlett Green, a two floor Soho restaurant inspired by Melbourne and Sydney cafe culture. It's part of the Daisy Green Collection, set up by Prue Freeman and known for its fresh Aussie style. On Soho's Noel Street, the cafe sells small plates of spicy tuna tostadas, Bondi hot prawns and Vegemite, truffle and cheese doughnuts. Alongside their much-loved vegetarian and vegan options, there's sashimi and ceviche with seafood delivered daily from the Looe market day boats. Choose from over 24 Aussie wines by the glass, craft beers or a flat white made with their house Beany blend. Bottomless brunch helps create a laid back vibe, reinforced by live acoustic music upstairs from 4pm daily and late night DJ sets. It's all set against huge bespoke artworks including a 20 foot mural by Paul Robinson and original pieces by Oli Epp, Louise Dear and Shuby. There's more from the group with Timmy Green in Nova, rated one of London's Top Paleo restaurants by Vogue in 2017.
 
 
 
 

The Faber Fox

Opened May 2018

The Faber Fox Opened May 2018 On a prime spot in Crystal Palace, at the top of Westow Hill, the Faber Fox has everything you'd expect from a good neighbourhood pub. There's a large bar and dining space serving satisfying British food and drink from local suppliers and producers; a dedicated sports area with giant screens showing all the latest games; live entertainment including the all-important pub quiz; and a heated outdoor garden and terrace boasting some of the area's best views out across the capital. It's the fifth venue from Livelyhood, the independent pub group on a mission to revive the old pubs of South London, and joins The Clapham North, The Regent in Balham, The Old Frizzle (Wimbledon) and the Mere Scribbler in Streatham as part of the group's growing expansion. 2018/05/31 Where:
The Faber Fox, 25 Westow Hill London, SE19 1TQ
Category: Pubs

The Faber Fox, 25 Westow Hill, London, SE19 1TQ

Tube: Brixton Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
On a prime spot in Crystal Palace, at the top of Westow Hill, the Faber Fox has everything you'd expect from a good neighbourhood pub. There's a large bar and dining space serving satisfying British food and drink from local suppliers and producers; a dedicated sports area with giant screens showing all the latest games; live entertainment including the all-important pub quiz; and a heated outdoor garden and terrace boasting some of the area's best views out across the capital. It's the fifth venue from Livelyhood, the independent pub group on a mission to revive the old pubs of South London, and joins The Clapham North, The Regent in Balham, The Old Frizzle (Wimbledon) and the Mere Scribbler in Streatham as part of the group's growing expansion.
 
 
 

601 Queen's Rd

Opened spring 2018

601 Queen's Rd Opened spring 2018 Scandinavian design and a wraparound roof terrace make 601 Queen's Rd an attractive proposition for stylish drinks and all-day dining in Wimbledon village. On sunnier days, the magnificent roof terrace really comes into its own with the pergola providing a serene space to escape city life. Even when the sun isn't playing ball, the light filled bar, decorated with bespoke furniture, hand-picked artwork, ceramic tiles and flooded with natural light from the glass dome, has a seamless indoor-outdoor feel. Open day and night, you can dine alfresco on the roof terrace, grab drinks at the central bar or snuggle up in smaller, warmer spaces next to the cosy fireplace. The Darwin & Wallace group, set up in 2012 by Mel Marriott, previously brand manager of All Bar One, has recast the pub as a new neighbourhood bar - just look at No 197 Chiswick Fire Station , No 1 Duke Street and No 32 The Old Town, where they have their own bee farm - if you need convincing. 2018/05/29 Where:
601 Queen's Rd, Center Court Shopping Center, No. 4 Queens Road London, SW19 8YE
Category: Bars

601 Queen's Rd, Center Court Shopping Center, No. 4 Queens Road, London, SW19 8YE

Tube: Wimbledon Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
Scandinavian design and a wraparound roof terrace make 601 Queen's Rd an attractive proposition for stylish drinks and all-day dining in Wimbledon village. On sunnier days, the magnificent roof terrace really comes into its own with the pergola providing a serene space to escape city life. Even when the sun isn't playing ball, the light filled bar, decorated with bespoke furniture, hand-picked artwork, ceramic tiles and flooded with natural light from the glass dome, has a seamless indoor-outdoor feel. Open day and night, you can dine alfresco on the roof terrace, grab drinks at the central bar or snuggle up in smaller, warmer spaces next to the cosy fireplace. The Darwin & Wallace group, set up in 2012 by Mel Marriott, previously brand manager of All Bar One, has recast the pub as a new neighbourhood bar - just look at No 197 Chiswick Fire Station , No 1 Duke Street and No 32 The Old Town, where they have their own bee farm - if you need convincing.
 
 
 

Assembly Hotel London

Opened May 2018

Assembly Hotel London Opened May 2018 Smack bang in the middle of the West End with Soho and Covent Garden are right on the doorstep, the 121 room Assembly Hotel is a fun, affordable place to stay. Oh and there's a giant bunny wearing a provocative leather collar in each room just crying out for a photo op. Designed by Scott Brownrigg architects, each room is inspired by the works of London designers Stella McCartney, Gareth Pugh and Alexander McQueen, who studied at Central Saint Martin's. Rooms are stripped back, focusing on the things that really matter - comfy beds, soft fluffy pillows, a walk-in power shower, good sound proofing, air conditioning and super strong WI-FI. Sizes go from snug - perfect for one, fine for two as long as you really like each other - to d en, the most spacious room, complete with great views of London. It's the first i ndependent hospitality venture from Criterion Capital, the largest landowner between Piccadilly Circus and Leicester Square who also own the Trocadero. Launched in summer 2018, a full restaurant and rooftop bar opens on the tenth floor later in the year, offering floor to ceiling views across London over landmarks like the London Eye and The Shard. 2018/05/29 Where:
Assembly Hotel London, 27-31 Charing Cross Road London, WC2H 0LS
Category: New Hotels

Assembly Hotel London, 27-31 Charing Cross Road, London, WC2H 0LS

Tube: Leicester Square Station, Piccadilly Circus Station, Charing Cross Station, Covent Garden Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
Smack bang in the middle of the West End with Soho and Covent Garden are right on the doorstep, the 121 room Assembly Hotel is a fun, affordable place to stay. Oh and there's a giant bunny wearing a provocative leather collar in each room just crying out for a photo op. Designed by Scott Brownrigg architects, each room is inspired by the works of London designers Stella McCartney, Gareth Pugh and Alexander McQueen, who studied at Central Saint Martin's. Rooms are stripped back, focusing on the things that really matter - comfy beds, soft fluffy pillows, a walk-in power shower, good sound proofing, air conditioning and super strong WI-FI. Sizes go from snug - perfect for one, fine for two as long as you really like each other - to d en, the most spacious room, complete with great views of London. It's the first i ndependent hospitality venture from Criterion Capital, the largest landowner between Piccadilly Circus and Leicester Square who also own the Trocadero. Launched in summer 2018, a full restaurant and rooftop bar opens on the tenth floor later in the year, offering floor to ceiling views across London over landmarks like the London Eye and The Shard.
 
 
 

Eccleston Yards

Opened spring 2018

Eccleston Yards Opened spring 2018 Previously a coach manufactory and once home to the Westminster Electrical Supply Corporation, Eccleston Yards has become a destination for food, fashion, retail, co-working and wellbeing. Designed by architects BuckleyGrayYeoman, the pedestrianised courtyard on the Victoria and Belgravia border is home to 19 retail outlets including Scandinavian beauty salon SMUK London, The Jones Family Kitchen, the fourth London studio from Barry's Bootcamp, menswear by Tailor Made London and Eccleston Place by Tart London - a restaurant incorporating retail, a fashion photography studio and events space. It's also home to Re:Mind - a drop-in meditation studio and eco-lifestyle store - and 50m, a fashion store by Something & Son which gives new designers an affordable retail space to showcase their work. Central Working, a shared workspace provider, accommodates more than 500 entrepreneurs in 26,000 square feet of space, creating a community of like-minded businesses. 2018/05/29 Where:
Eccleston Yards, London, SW1W 9NF
Category:

Eccleston Yards, , London, SW1W 9NF

Tube: Victoria Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
Previously a coach manufactory and once home to the Westminster Electrical Supply Corporation, Eccleston Yards has become a destination for food, fashion, retail, co-working and wellbeing. Designed by architects BuckleyGrayYeoman, the pedestrianised courtyard on the Victoria and Belgravia border is home to 19 retail outlets including Scandinavian beauty salon SMUK London, The Jones Family Kitchen, the fourth London studio from Barry's Bootcamp, menswear by Tailor Made London and Eccleston Place by Tart London - a restaurant incorporating retail, a fashion photography studio and events space. It's also home to Re:Mind - a drop-in meditation studio and eco-lifestyle store - and 50m, a fashion store by Something & Son which gives new designers an affordable retail space to showcase their work. Central Working, a shared workspace provider, accommodates more than 500 entrepreneurs in 26,000 square feet of space, creating a community of like-minded businesses.
 
 
 

Kricket Brixton

Opened 29th May 2018

Kricket Brixton Opened 29th May 2018 Chef Will Bowlby and Rik Campbell's Kricket returns to its birthplace, Brixton, where it first began serving out of a 20-seater shipping container at Pop Brixton back in 2015. In spring of 2018, the much-loved Soho restaurant by Rik Campbell and Chef Will Bowlby, gets a permanent site under the railway arches on Atlantic Road as well as a new site in Television Centre. At the 40-cover south London restaurant, which includes an intimate bar arch, the cooking leans heavily towards Indian street-food made using seasonal British produce. The Brixton menu offers a roster of all new creations including lotus root yakni, morels and lotus root crisps, and pig head vindaloo with artichoke tarka. These sit alongside Kricket classics including samphire pakoras and Keralan fried chicken. 2018/05/29 Where:
Kricket Brixton, 41-43 Atlantic Road Brixton London, SW9 8JL
Category: Indian/South Asian Cuisine

Kricket Brixton, 41-43 Atlantic Road Brixton, London, SW9 8JL

Tube: Brixton Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
Chef Will Bowlby and Rik Campbell's Kricket returns to its birthplace, Brixton, where it first began serving out of a 20-seater shipping container at Pop Brixton back in 2015. In spring of 2018, the much-loved Soho restaurant by Rik Campbell and Chef Will Bowlby, gets a permanent site under the railway arches on Atlantic Road as well as a new site in Television Centre. At the 40-cover south London restaurant, which includes an intimate bar arch, the cooking leans heavily towards Indian street-food made using seasonal British produce. The Brixton menu offers a roster of all new creations including lotus root yakni, morels and lotus root crisps, and pig head vindaloo with artichoke tarka. These sit alongside Kricket classics including samphire pakoras and Keralan fried chicken.
 
 
 
 

The Jones Family Kitchen

Opened May 2018

The Jones Family Kitchen Opened May 2018 Born in Shoreditch, The Jones Family Project has spread its wings and branched out in Belgravia with sister venue, The Jones Family Kitchen , in Eccleston Yards, an unused courtyard with an industrial history that has been transformed into an urban oasis for shopping, eating, co-working and wellbeing . Within the 90-coverall day dining restaurant, executive chef Oliver Pollard (ex-Marcus Wareing, Jason Atherton, Barrafina and SMOKESTAK), created a menu that has a new twist on the Jones' ingredient-led philosophy - they're known for their premium North Yorkshire meats from The Ginger Pig cooked on Josper grills. Signature steak dishes are supplemented by fabulous truffled macaroni cheese, seared scallops with cauliflower and wild garlic gremolata. T he impressive wine list has over 25 wines by the glass, sourced from Lebanon and the slopes of Mount Etna. When the sun shines diners spill out into the courtyard onto the 60-cover terrace, the perfect place to cool off with a cocktail. 2018/05/29 Where:
The Jones Family Kitchen, 7-8 Eccleston Yards London, SW1W 9NF
Category: British Cuisine

The Jones Family Kitchen, 7-8 Eccleston Yards, London, SW1W 9NF

Tube: Victoria Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairs
Born in Shoreditch, The Jones Family Project has spread its wings and branched out in Belgravia with sister venue, The Jones Family Kitchen , in Eccleston Yards, an unused courtyard with an industrial history that has been transformed into an urban oasis for shopping, eating, co-working and wellbeing . Within the 90-coverall day dining restaurant, executive chef Oliver Pollard (ex-Marcus Wareing, Jason Atherton, Barrafina and SMOKESTAK), created a menu that has a new twist on the Jones' ingredient-led philosophy - they're known for their premium North Yorkshire meats from The Ginger Pig cooked on Josper grills. Signature steak dishes are supplemented by fabulous truffled macaroni cheese, seared scallops with cauliflower and wild garlic gremolata. T he impressive wine list has over 25 wines by the glass, sourced from Lebanon and the slopes of Mount Etna. When the sun shines diners spill out into the courtyard onto the 60-cover terrace, the perfect place to cool off with a cocktail.
 
 
 

Ceru Soho

Opened 27th May 2018

Ceru Soho Opened 27th May 2018 With an almost wholly gluten and dairy-free menu, from Lebanese street snacks to dishes from southern Turkey, Ceru Soho is especially good for vegans. The open-plan theatre kitchen serves delicious yet affordable sharing dishes in a warm dining room with yellow walls, geometric print banquettes, brightly coloured Moroccan ceramics and a three-metre palm tree. If you've been to Ceru South Kensington you'll already know and love these small plates which include a rich, earthy Pancar dip, made with roasted beetroot, yoghurt, garlic and crushed pistachio and a crisp apple, mint and pomegranate salad as well as slow roasted lamb shoulder, marinated in a secret 12-spice blend, served with pomegranate, fresh mint and pistachio sauce. M ake the most of the Levant's rich history of winemaking, sourced from the Lebanon to Macedonia, offered alongside cocktails and beers including a vegan and gluten-free, three-grain Pale Ale, exclusively brewed for Ceru. 2018/05/27 Where:
Ceru Soho, 11 D'Arblay Street London, W1F 8DS
Category: Middle Eastern Cuisine

Ceru Soho, 11 D'Arblay Street, London, W1F 8DS

Tube: Oxford Circus Station, Tottenham Court Road Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karides
With an almost wholly gluten and dairy-free menu, from Lebanese street snacks to dishes from southern Turkey, Ceru Soho is especially good for vegans. The open-plan theatre kitchen serves delicious yet affordable sharing dishes in a warm dining room with yellow walls, geometric print banquettes, brightly coloured Moroccan ceramics and a three-metre palm tree. If you've been to Ceru South Kensington you'll already know and love these small plates which include a rich, earthy Pancar dip, made with roasted beetroot, yoghurt, garlic and crushed pistachio and a crisp apple, mint and pomegranate salad as well as slow roasted lamb shoulder, marinated in a secret 12-spice blend, served with pomegranate, fresh mint and pistachio sauce. M ake the most of the Levant's rich history of winemaking, sourced from the Lebanon to Macedonia, offered alongside cocktails and beers including a vegan and gluten-free, three-grain Pale Ale, exclusively brewed for Ceru.
 
 
 

Tailor Made

Opened 26th May 2018

Tailor Made Opened 26th May 2018 Bespoke London menswear brand Tailor Made , a brand born in Shoreditch, comes to Eccleston Yards, a hub for creative businesses, shops and co-working on the boarder of Victoria and Belgravia. Taking a high tech approach, Tailor Made uses cutting edge 3D body scanning technology to make well cut suits. They take thousands of measurements - precise to the nanometre - in just 10 seconds. The speeded up measuring process means they can design and create bespoke garments with a quicker lead time that traditional tailors and create a suit from scratch in four to six weeks. This Belgravia store (its first retail store, alongside the Shoreditch studio and HQ) features a cloth library of over 3,000 luxury fabrics from English and Italian weavers on Savile Row, hand picked vintage furniture and an on-site whisky bar. 2018/05/26 Where:
Tailor Made, Eccleston Yards London, SW1W 9NF
Category: Menswear

Tailor Made, Eccleston Yards, London, SW1W 9NF

Tube: Victoria Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karides
Bespoke London menswear brand Tailor Made , a brand born in Shoreditch, comes to Eccleston Yards, a hub for creative businesses, shops and co-working on the boarder of Victoria and Belgravia. Taking a high tech approach, Tailor Made uses cutting edge 3D body scanning technology to make well cut suits. They take thousands of measurements - precise to the nanometre - in just 10 seconds. The speeded up measuring process means they can design and create bespoke garments with a quicker lead time that traditional tailors and create a suit from scratch in four to six weeks. This Belgravia store (its first retail store, alongside the Shoreditch studio and HQ) features a cloth library of over 3,000 luxury fabrics from English and Italian weavers on Savile Row, hand picked vintage furniture and an on-site whisky bar.
 
 
 

Simmons Angel

Opened 25th May 2018

Simmons Angel Opened 25th May 2018 Specialising in l ate night cocktails, long happy hours and disco dancing, Simmons bars have been popping up all over town and this bar in Angel is (lucky for some) their thirteenth. Drawing punters in with their legendary happy hour which actually lasts for five hours, from 4pm to 9pm, all Simmons bars have quirky styling with floral wallpaper, neon lights and cocktails in teacups. DJs play late into the night on Thursdays, Fridays and Saturdays and they offer Bottomless Afternoon Tea on Saturdays. The pub quiz is a popular fixtures and you can even e njoy and a game or two on the Sega Mega Drive. Full venue hire and table bookings are available for a celebration, hen party, birthday or just a jolly good knees up. Book in and enjoy two hours of bottomless cocktail teapots and Prosecco along with a selection of sweets, cakes and sandwiches. 2018/05/25 Where:
Simmons Angel, 43 Essex Road London, N1 2SF
Category: Bars

Simmons Angel, 43 Essex Road, London, N1 2SF

Tube: Angel Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karides
Specialising in l ate night cocktails, long happy hours and disco dancing, Simmons bars have been popping up all over town and this bar in Angel is (lucky for some) their thirteenth. Drawing punters in with their legendary happy hour which actually lasts for five hours, from 4pm to 9pm, all Simmons bars have quirky styling with floral wallpaper, neon lights and cocktails in teacups. DJs play late into the night on Thursdays, Fridays and Saturdays and they offer Bottomless Afternoon Tea on Saturdays. The pub quiz is a popular fixtures and you can even e njoy and a game or two on the Sega Mega Drive. Full venue hire and table bookings are available for a celebration, hen party, birthday or just a jolly good knees up. Book in and enjoy two hours of bottomless cocktail teapots and Prosecco along with a selection of sweets, cakes and sandwiches.
 
 
 

Neptune

Opened 24th May 2018

Neptune Opened 24th May 2018 Brett Redman and Margaret Crow, the duo behind The Richmond in Hackney, have moved in with the Principal London to give us this seafood focused restaurant and oyster bar. In a contemporary space within the historic Grade II* listed hotel in Bloomsbury, Neptune is a 102-cover restaurant with a 30-seater bar. Based on an informal approach to the classic oyster bar, the display of oysters and shellfish selected from independent growers around the UK is at the centre of Neptune's dining room. Order towering seafood platters or choose from Brett's signature wood-fired cooking from the a la carte menu. Steamed-to-order whole Cornish crab with spaghetti, caviar, cucumber and absinthe daquiri cocktails as well as natural and low-intervention wines are served against a modern dining room with a graphic wooden floor, peach ceiling and artworks curated as a rolling exhibition. 2018/05/24 Where:
Neptune, Guilford Street London, WC1B 5BE
Category: Fish and Seafood

Neptune, Guilford Street, London, WC1B 5BE

Tube: Russell Square Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian Boettcher
Brett Redman and Margaret Crow, the duo behind The Richmond in Hackney, have moved in with the Principal London to give us this seafood focused restaurant and oyster bar. In a contemporary space within the historic Grade II* listed hotel in Bloomsbury, Neptune is a 102-cover restaurant with a 30-seater bar. Based on an informal approach to the classic oyster bar, the display of oysters and shellfish selected from independent growers around the UK is at the centre of Neptune's dining room. Order towering seafood platters or choose from Brett's signature wood-fired cooking from the a la carte menu. Steamed-to-order whole Cornish crab with spaghetti, caviar, cucumber and absinthe daquiri cocktails as well as natural and low-intervention wines are served against a modern dining room with a graphic wooden floor, peach ceiling and artworks curated as a rolling exhibition.
 
 
 
 

The Duke of Richmond

Opened 24th May 2018

The Duke of Richmond Opened 24th May 2018 Chef/restaurateur Tom Oldroyd, owner of Oldroyd on Islington's Upper Street, sets up The Duke of Richmond public house and dining room in Hackney, in summer 2018. Originally opened in 1841 the pub - on corner of Queensbridge Road and Richmond Road and a 10 minute walk from Dalston Junction - is restored to its former glory as a neighbourhood public house and 30-cover dining room with an outside terrace - a semi-open kitchen and an open fire for cooking make this the ideal East London summer drinking spot. Serving different menus, both the pub and dining room menus have a strong French accent. Unlike Oldroyd, the dining room menu is not designed to be shared. Dishes come in starter and main course sizes, rather than small plates, so you might opt for lamb sweetbread and asparagus vol au vent followed by roast turbot and bearnaise. In the pub, favourites like Toulouse sausages with mash and roast shallots are served with a French slant. All-day pub roasts are set to compete with the best Sunday roasts in London. 2018/05/24 Where:
The Duke of Richmond, 316 Queensbridge Road London, E8 3NH
Category:

The Duke of Richmond, 316 Queensbridge Road, London, E8 3NH

Tube: Bethnal Green Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom Oldroyd
Chef/restaurateur Tom Oldroyd, owner of Oldroyd on Islington's Upper Street, sets up The Duke of Richmond public house and dining room in Hackney, in summer 2018. Originally opened in 1841 the pub - on corner of Queensbridge Road and Richmond Road and a 10 minute walk from Dalston Junction - is restored to its former glory as a neighbourhood public house and 30-cover dining room with an outside terrace - a semi-open kitchen and an open fire for cooking make this the ideal East London summer drinking spot. Serving different menus, both the pub and dining room menus have a strong French accent. Unlike Oldroyd, the dining room menu is not designed to be shared. Dishes come in starter and main course sizes, rather than small plates, so you might opt for lamb sweetbread and asparagus vol au vent followed by roast turbot and bearnaise. In the pub, favourites like Toulouse sausages with mash and roast shallots are served with a French slant. All-day pub roasts are set to compete with the best Sunday roasts in London.
 
 
 

Bucket Restaurant

Opened 21st May 2018

Bucket Restaurant Opened 21st May 2018 Buckets of mussels and sustainably sourced seafood is served simply and without ceremony at Bucket , the first solo venture for husband and wife team, Georgie Godik Hayward and Adam Hayward since their time at the Gaucho Group. Mussels come with a choice of four sauces: coconut chilli, lobster brandy, pancetta and tomato or classic white wine. Daily specials make the most of diverse and unfamiliar species of fish while staples like the lobster toastie, fish finger sandwich, crayfish burger, seafood spaghetti, salads and raw and cured seafood dishes are also on the menu. For dessert, choose from homemade whole pies, tarts and cakes. Looking like a weatherworn, rustic yet luxurious beach club, Bucket has room for 78, including seats at the bar and high tables looking onto the open kitchen. 2018/05/21 Where:
Bucket Restaurant, 107 Westbourne Grove London, W2 4UW
Category: Fish and Seafood

Bucket Restaurant, 107 Westbourne Grove, London, W2 4UW

Tube: Bayswater Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom Oldroyd
Buckets of mussels and sustainably sourced seafood is served simply and without ceremony at Bucket , the first solo venture for husband and wife team, Georgie Godik Hayward and Adam Hayward since their time at the Gaucho Group. Mussels come with a choice of four sauces: coconut chilli, lobster brandy, pancetta and tomato or classic white wine. Daily specials make the most of diverse and unfamiliar species of fish while staples like the lobster toastie, fish finger sandwich, crayfish burger, seafood spaghetti, salads and raw and cured seafood dishes are also on the menu. For dessert, choose from homemade whole pies, tarts and cakes. Looking like a weatherworn, rustic yet luxurious beach club, Bucket has room for 78, including seats at the bar and high tables looking onto the open kitchen.
 
 
 

Mother Clucker Exmouth Market

Opened 18th May 2018

Mother Clucker Exmouth Market Opened 18th May 2018 After five years of frying chicken from trucks, gazebos and shipping containers all over London, Mother Clucker sets down roots at Exmouth Market with its first permanent fast food joint. This isn't your average high street chicken shop. As you'd expect from an outfit that's made a name for itself as one of the best street food traders in the city, they've gone to town with eye-catching decor, delicious drinks, banging music, melt-in-your-mouth chicken strips and fiery cajun fries, all washed down with craft beers courtesy of The Five Points Brewing Co. New Orleans inspired cocktails include humorously titled tipples Sex On The Rocks, Peeking Through The Grass Skirts and Kermit's Middle Leg. Fried chicken is, naturally, the focus with Mother Clucker Signature Strips, Cluckwich, black-eyed peas and enough hot sauce to melt steel on the menu. 2018/05/18 Where:
Mother Clucker Exmouth Market, 49-51 Rosebery Avenue, Exmouth Market London, EC1R 4QL
Category: South American Cuisine

Mother Clucker Exmouth Market, 49-51 Rosebery Avenue, Exmouth Market, London, EC1R 4QL

Tube: Farringdon Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom Oldroyd
After five years of frying chicken from trucks, gazebos and shipping containers all over London, Mother Clucker sets down roots at Exmouth Market with its first permanent fast food joint. This isn't your average high street chicken shop. As you'd expect from an outfit that's made a name for itself as one of the best street food traders in the city, they've gone to town with eye-catching decor, delicious drinks, banging music, melt-in-your-mouth chicken strips and fiery cajun fries, all washed down with craft beers courtesy of The Five Points Brewing Co. New Orleans inspired cocktails include humorously titled tipples Sex On The Rocks, Peeking Through The Grass Skirts and Kermit's Middle Leg. Fried chicken is, naturally, the focus with Mother Clucker Signature Strips, Cluckwich, black-eyed peas and enough hot sauce to melt steel on the menu.
 
 
 

Andina Panaderia

Opened 15th May 2018

Andina Panaderia Opened 15th May 2018 Martin Morales, the chef, restaurateur and founder of Peruvian restaurants Ceviche, Andina and Casita Andina, is behind this Peruvian bakery and the restaurant next door. Located side by side at 155 Westbourne Grove, Andina Panaderia and Andina Picanteria pay homage to the female Andean chefs who have inspired Martin and his team since opening Ceviche in 2012. Led by head pastry chef, Ana Velasquez, Andina Panaderia specialises in slow-ferment baking with traditional sweet and savoury pastries and breads alongside hot dishes, lunchtime salads and all-day brunch-style dishes to eat in or take away. The magic begins in the early hours when Andina's bakers fill the shelves with Peruvian breads. Andean black mint and sweet potato sourdough, the traditional pan frances roll and chancay bread - a cinnamon-scented take on brioche - are among the choices. Sweet treats include the Pastel de Lucuma, an Andean spin on the Portuguese custard tart, and the purple corn chicha morada muffin. Enjoy with Peruvian coffee and teas or smoothies and juices. 2018/05/15 Where:
Andina Panaderia, 155 Westbourne Grove London, W11 2RS
Category: Delicatessens

Andina Panaderia, 155 Westbourne Grove, London, W11 2RS

Tube: Notting Hill Gate Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loaf
Martin Morales, the chef, restaurateur and founder of Peruvian restaurants Ceviche, Andina and Casita Andina, is behind this Peruvian bakery and the restaurant next door. Located side by side at 155 Westbourne Grove, Andina Panaderia and Andina Picanteria pay homage to the female Andean chefs who have inspired Martin and his team since opening Ceviche in 2012. Led by head pastry chef, Ana Velasquez, Andina Panaderia specialises in slow-ferment baking with traditional sweet and savoury pastries and breads alongside hot dishes, lunchtime salads and all-day brunch-style dishes to eat in or take away. The magic begins in the early hours when Andina's bakers fill the shelves with Peruvian breads. Andean black mint and sweet potato sourdough, the traditional pan frances roll and chancay bread - a cinnamon-scented take on brioche - are among the choices. Sweet treats include the Pastel de Lucuma, an Andean spin on the Portuguese custard tart, and the purple corn chicha morada muffin. Enjoy with Peruvian coffee and teas or smoothies and juices.
 
 
 

Andina Picanteria

Opened 15th May 2018

Andina Picanteria Opened 15th May 2018 Next door to his Andina Panaderia Martin Morales owns the 40 cover Andina Picanteria , a restaurant that's an ode to the Peruvian picanterias, the family-run, roadside restaurants in the Peruvian Andes. The menu, overseen by Chef Luca Depalo, is made up of small plates such as the Sivinche, an old take on ceviche, made with yellow fin tuna, trout roe and popped kiwicha, and a purple corn tamal with choclo corn succotash and sweet kale pesto. Bigger dishes include olluco potato locro, an Andean style stew with broad beans and roast pumpkin, listed alongside feasting dishes like the braised adobo pork leg and 80 day aged Hereford sirloin with red pepper and Amarillo chilli escabeche. Echoing the traditional picanteria, the open kitchen is lined with rough granite stone surfaces and there's a home style chef's table. Rustic oak chairs and tables contrast with velvet banquettes, walls are lined with bespoke, light oak lattices and Peruvian contemporary art fills the restaurant with vibrant splashes of colour. 2018/05/15 Where:
Andina Picanteria, 155 Westbourne Grove London, W11 2RS
Category: South American Cuisine

Andina Picanteria, 155 Westbourne Grove, London, W11 2RS

Tube: Notting Hill Gate Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loaf
Next door to his Andina Panaderia Martin Morales owns the 40 cover Andina Picanteria , a restaurant that's an ode to the Peruvian picanterias, the family-run, roadside restaurants in the Peruvian Andes. The menu, overseen by Chef Luca Depalo, is made up of small plates such as the Sivinche, an old take on ceviche, made with yellow fin tuna, trout roe and popped kiwicha, and a purple corn tamal with choclo corn succotash and sweet kale pesto. Bigger dishes include olluco potato locro, an Andean style stew with broad beans and roast pumpkin, listed alongside feasting dishes like the braised adobo pork leg and 80 day aged Hereford sirloin with red pepper and Amarillo chilli escabeche. Echoing the traditional picanteria, the open kitchen is lined with rough granite stone surfaces and there's a home style chef's table. Rustic oak chairs and tables contrast with velvet banquettes, walls are lined with bespoke, light oak lattices and Peruvian contemporary art fills the restaurant with vibrant splashes of colour.
 
 
 
 

Plates London

Opened spring 2018

Plates London Opened spring 2018 Spearheaded by siblings, Keeley and Kirk Haworth, Plates is where plant-based food meets Michelin-star techniques to created food that's a work of art on a plate. During the week, the dual-purpose space in Shoreditch is a food studio, working with brands. On Saturdays they throw the doors open to the public, showcasing a five-course set menu, designed to take guests on a culinary journey. Executive Chef Kirk has previously worked at some of the world's finest restaurants, including The French Laundry, Restaurant Sat Bains, The Square and Quay in Sydney. Living with Lyme disease, she says, she has had to, "completely re-think the way I cook and the ingredients I use". Combining his own plant-based diet and years training with Michelin chefs, you get a fine dining experience with the menu updated every three to four weeks where dishes are made using only organic or wild ingredients with all menus created without meat, fish, diary, gluten or refined sugars. 2018/05/15 Where:
Plates London, 93 Kingsland Road London, E2 8AG
Category:

Plates London, 93 Kingsland Road, London, E2 8AG

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loaf
Spearheaded by siblings, Keeley and Kirk Haworth, Plates is where plant-based food meets Michelin-star techniques to created food that's a work of art on a plate. During the week, the dual-purpose space in Shoreditch is a food studio, working with brands. On Saturdays they throw the doors open to the public, showcasing a five-course set menu, designed to take guests on a culinary journey. Executive Chef Kirk has previously worked at some of the world's finest restaurants, including The French Laundry, Restaurant Sat Bains, The Square and Quay in Sydney. Living with Lyme disease, she says, she has had to, "completely re-think the way I cook and the ingredients I use". Combining his own plant-based diet and years training with Michelin chefs, you get a fine dining experience with the menu updated every three to four weeks where dishes are made using only organic or wild ingredients with all menus created without meat, fish, diary, gluten or refined sugars.
 
 
 

The Hero of Maida

Opened 15th May 2018

The Hero of Maida Opened 15th May 2018 The third pub from chef Henry Harris (who made his name at Racine) and James McCulloch (also behind The Harcourt and Three Cranes), The Hero of Maida turns the popular Truscott Arms into a pub with dining rooms serving seven-hour slow-roasted shoulder of lamb and roast rib of Angus beef. Described by The Guardian as "the best French chef with the decency to be British", Harris is reinstating the pub's much-loved Sunday roast with updated classics so you can be sure your lamb and beef will come with all the trimmings. The ground floor of the Victorian corner site becomes a bar serving well sourced ales, beers and bar food, while the upper levels are dedicated to more formal dining a la carte, complemented by classic old world wines. For more of this sort of thing it's good to know the group is also behind The Coach in Clerkenwell and Three Cranes in the City. 2018/05/15 Where:
The Hero of Maida, 55 Shirland Road London, W9 2JD
Category:

The Hero of Maida, 55 Shirland Road, London, W9 2JD

Tube: Warwick Avenue Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loaf
The third pub from chef Henry Harris (who made his name at Racine) and James McCulloch (also behind The Harcourt and Three Cranes), The Hero of Maida turns the popular Truscott Arms into a pub with dining rooms serving seven-hour slow-roasted shoulder of lamb and roast rib of Angus beef. Described by The Guardian as "the best French chef with the decency to be British", Harris is reinstating the pub's much-loved Sunday roast with updated classics so you can be sure your lamb and beef will come with all the trimmings. The ground floor of the Victorian corner site becomes a bar serving well sourced ales, beers and bar food, while the upper levels are dedicated to more formal dining a la carte, complemented by classic old world wines. For more of this sort of thing it's good to know the group is also behind The Coach in Clerkenwell and Three Cranes in the City.
 
 
 

Fayre Share

Opened 14th May 2018

Fayre Share Opened 14th May 2018 Classic British dishes like roasted beer chicken and Arctic roll with jelly are on the menu at Fayre Share, a homely restaurant near Victoria Park from two seasoned restaurateurs, chef-turned-restaurateur Barry Myers and previous manager at The Wolseley, Mark Bloom. They set up Fayre Share so people can come together to share a meal together. The menu also pays homage to the classic British pie, with Shepherd's Pie, leek and mushroom pie, and an interchanging pie of the day all featuring. Designed to have the feel of a home, features include a covered garden, fireplace and a kitchen island bar. Remote workers looking for a space to work can enjoy coffee, tea and cakes in the lounge area at the front. The covered garden at the back has heaters and a fireplace for winter and a retractable roof for al fresco dining in summer. 2018/05/14 Where:
Fayre Share, 178-180 Victoria Park Road London, E9 7HD
Category: British Cuisine

Fayre Share, 178-180 Victoria Park Road, London, E9 7HD

Tube: Hackney Wick Overground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loaf
Classic British dishes like roasted beer chicken and Arctic roll with jelly are on the menu at Fayre Share, a homely restaurant near Victoria Park from two seasoned restaurateurs, chef-turned-restaurateur Barry Myers and previous manager at The Wolseley, Mark Bloom. They set up Fayre Share so people can come together to share a meal together. The menu also pays homage to the classic British pie, with Shepherd's Pie, leek and mushroom pie, and an interchanging pie of the day all featuring. Designed to have the feel of a home, features include a covered garden, fireplace and a kitchen island bar. Remote workers looking for a space to work can enjoy coffee, tea and cakes in the lounge area at the front. The covered garden at the back has heaters and a fireplace for winter and a retractable roof for al fresco dining in summer.
 
 
 

temper Covent Garden

Opened 14th May 2018

temper Covent Garden Opened 14th May 2018 Smoked meat aficionado Neil Rankin started out at Pitt Cue Co and Smokehouse but now he has his own mini chain of restaurants and he's written a book on the art of cooking meat. This third branch of temper in Covent Garden follows temper Soho (opened in 2016) and temper City (2017) and with it Neil has further cemented his reputation as one of the UK's leading barbecue chefs. The menu here focuses on cured meat pizza cooked in a wood-fired oven, ragu, vermouth and top-quality wines. Choose from t wo types of pizza: the rectangular 'Detroit pizza' with a focaccia-esque bottom and cheese crust; or the 'Bar pizza' which has an almost cracker-like thin base. Originally served at the counter, to be enjoyed with a drink or two, Neil has turned this idea on its head with top end toppings like the Wagyu Salami and the White Clam. Hearty ragus made using game, goat and pork are served with fresh bread or gnocchi in a dining room dominated by the central counter kitchen - a feature of all three temper restaurants - with a large wood-fired oven at one end and a bar at the other. 2018/05/14 Where:
temper Covent Garden, 5 Mercer Walk London, WC2H 9QP
Category:

temper Covent Garden, 5 Mercer Walk, London, WC2H 9QP

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia Niven
Smoked meat aficionado Neil Rankin started out at Pitt Cue Co and Smokehouse but now he has his own mini chain of restaurants and he's written a book on the art of cooking meat. This third branch of temper in Covent Garden follows temper Soho (opened in 2016) and temper City (2017) and with it Neil has further cemented his reputation as one of the UK's leading barbecue chefs. The menu here focuses on cured meat pizza cooked in a wood-fired oven, ragu, vermouth and top-quality wines. Choose from t wo types of pizza: the rectangular 'Detroit pizza' with a focaccia-esque bottom and cheese crust; or the 'Bar pizza' which has an almost cracker-like thin base. Originally served at the counter, to be enjoyed with a drink or two, Neil has turned this idea on its head with top end toppings like the Wagyu Salami and the White Clam. Hearty ragus made using game, goat and pork are served with fresh bread or gnocchi in a dining room dominated by the central counter kitchen - a feature of all three temper restaurants - with a large wood-fired oven at one end and a bar at the other.
 
 
 

Restaurant Story

Opened 8th May 2018

Restaurant Story Opened 8th May 2018 Launched in April 2013 when the Noma alumnus Tom Sellers was a youthful 25 years old, Restaurant Story was immediately dubbed "the new Dabbous" by food critic Marina O'Loughlin and earned a Michelin star just five months after opening. Reopened in May 2018 after a major interior refit, the redesign brought with it a new menu - not that you'll see it. Rather than being given a menu on arrival, guests get to choose from two menus and each table is treated individually, creating their own bespoke 'story'. Much of the service is done table-side, so your food is prepared in front of you and a drinks trolley does the rounds. With a first rate CV which includes working under Thomas Keller (Per Se), Rene Redzepi (Noma) and Tom Aikens at his Chelsea restaurant, it's not surprising that bookings can be hard to come by. 2018/05/08 Where:
Restaurant Story, 201 Tooley Street London, SE1 2UE
Category: British Cuisine

Restaurant Story, 201 Tooley Street, London, SE1 2UE

Tube: London Bridge Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellers
Launched in April 2013 when the Noma alumnus Tom Sellers was a youthful 25 years old, Restaurant Story was immediately dubbed "the new Dabbous" by food critic Marina O'Loughlin and earned a Michelin star just five months after opening. Reopened in May 2018 after a major interior refit, the redesign brought with it a new menu - not that you'll see it. Rather than being given a menu on arrival, guests get to choose from two menus and each table is treated individually, creating their own bespoke 'story'. Much of the service is done table-side, so your food is prepared in front of you and a drinks trolley does the rounds. With a first rate CV which includes working under Thomas Keller (Per Se), Rene Redzepi (Noma) and Tom Aikens at his Chelsea restaurant, it's not surprising that bookings can be hard to come by.
 
 
 
 

Temperate House at Kew

Opened 5th May 2018

Temperate House at Kew Opened 5th May 2018 A Grade I listed building at Kew , the spectacular Temperate House is the largest Victorian glasshouse in the world. One of seven glasshouses at Kew, it's twice the size of the Palm House and houses an internationally important collection of temperate zone plants, including some of the rarest and most threatened. Following a five-year, £41 million renovation project - the biggest in its entire history - Kew reopens the building in May 2018, having replaced thousands of panes of glass, intricate ironwork and brought in 10,000 plants. Showing the importance of plants, 1,500 species are housed here, from temperate regions around the world - the Mediterranean, Africa, Australia, New Zealand, South and Central America, Asia, and Island floras. So you might find yourself in Mauritius where the only Dombeya mauritiana tree in cultivation grows, or in Nepal where Taxus wallichiana, a chemotherapy drug grows. A beacon of plant education and a real jewel in Kew's crown, set in the most tranquil corner of the world famous gardens. 2018/05/05 Where:
Temperate House at Kew, Kew Gardens, Kew Road London, TW9 2AA
Category: Historic Buildings

Temperate House at Kew, Kew Gardens, Kew Road, London, TW9 2AA

Tube: Kew Gardens Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG Kew
A Grade I listed building at Kew , the spectacular Temperate House is the largest Victorian glasshouse in the world. One of seven glasshouses at Kew, it's twice the size of the Palm House and houses an internationally important collection of temperate zone plants, including some of the rarest and most threatened. Following a five-year, £41 million renovation project - the biggest in its entire history - Kew reopens the building in May 2018, having replaced thousands of panes of glass, intricate ironwork and brought in 10,000 plants. Showing the importance of plants, 1,500 species are housed here, from temperate regions around the world - the Mediterranean, Africa, Australia, New Zealand, South and Central America, Asia, and Island floras. So you might find yourself in Mauritius where the only Dombeya mauritiana tree in cultivation grows, or in Nepal where Taxus wallichiana, a chemotherapy drug grows. A beacon of plant education and a real jewel in Kew's crown, set in the most tranquil corner of the world famous gardens.
 
 
 

Esquires Coffee Putney Bridge

Opened 3rd May 2018

Esquires Coffee Putney Bridge Opened 3rd May 2018 Ethical community coffee brand Esquires Coffee offers locals in Putney Bridge a broad-ranging and seasonal menu with cold pressed juices made from 'wonky veg'. With a 'love local' ethos, Esquires Coffee takes pride in its community spirit and the food and beverage selection is handmade using locally sourced ingredients, supporting other local businesses and suppliers. The 'Coffee & Kitchen' concept at the Putney Bridge cafe is unique within the Esquires brand, due to the addition of a development chef and in-house kitchen. Stop by for brunch, lunch and dinner, get a healthy juice, tea or coffee. 2018/05/03 Where:
Esquires Coffee Putney Bridge, 287 Putney Bridge Road London, SW15 2PT
Category: Cafes and Delis

Esquires Coffee Putney Bridge, 287 Putney Bridge Road, London, SW15 2PT

Tube: East Putney Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG Kew
Ethical community coffee brand Esquires Coffee offers locals in Putney Bridge a broad-ranging and seasonal menu with cold pressed juices made from 'wonky veg'. With a 'love local' ethos, Esquires Coffee takes pride in its community spirit and the food and beverage selection is handmade using locally sourced ingredients, supporting other local businesses and suppliers. The 'Coffee & Kitchen' concept at the Putney Bridge cafe is unique within the Esquires brand, due to the addition of a development chef and in-house kitchen. Stop by for brunch, lunch and dinner, get a healthy juice, tea or coffee.
 
 
 

Roof East

Opened 3rd May 2018

Roof East Opened 3rd May 2018 On top of a multi-storey car park in Stratford Roof East is celebrating 250 years of the circus this summer. Back with summery grub - think seaside classics like fish and chips, surf and turf and halloumi fries - Hip Hop Bowls, Sluggers batting cages and a new look Birdies crazy golf, the rooftop adult playground is done up with bell tents and jugglers this season and includes a circus themed Big Top Spritz cocktail. Screenings by the Rooftop Film Club include a special circus style screening of Moulin Rouge, to be enjoyed from the comfort of a stripey deckchair. A great spot for a sundowner, the views over east London are pretty good from up here - you can see all the way to the Olympic Park with the red, looping curls of the Orbit rising above it. 2018/05/03 Where:
Roof East, Level 8 Stratford Multi-storey Car Park, Great Eastern Way London, E15 1XE
Category: Bars

Roof East, Level 8 Stratford Multi-storey Car Park, Great Eastern Way, London, E15 1XE

Tube: Stratford Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG Kew
On top of a multi-storey car park in Stratford Roof East is celebrating 250 years of the circus this summer. Back with summery grub - think seaside classics like fish and chips, surf and turf and halloumi fries - Hip Hop Bowls, Sluggers batting cages and a new look Birdies crazy golf, the rooftop adult playground is done up with bell tents and jugglers this season and includes a circus themed Big Top Spritz cocktail. Screenings by the Rooftop Film Club include a special circus style screening of Moulin Rouge, to be enjoyed from the comfort of a stripey deckchair. A great spot for a sundowner, the views over east London are pretty good from up here - you can see all the way to the Olympic Park with the red, looping curls of the Orbit rising above it.
 
 
 

Alpes

Opened 1st May 2018

Alpes Opened 1st May 2018 Above the main entrance of Pop Brixton , Alpes is the first permanent site from street food favourites Raclette Brothers. Steve and Jamie have created a brand-new concept, serving raclette on a traditional machine with the front of house team scraping melted cheese at the table in front of you. The menu includes fondues made to share with a choice of traditional, blue cheese and British variations, as well as side dishes with unlimited refills of roast potatoes, fries, salad, pickles and baguette. The shipping container restaurant has a long bar with stool seating down the middle and an outside terrace dotted with specially-designed fondue tables. In keeping with the alpine theme, furniture is made from wood with a natural finish, using trees from nearby Brockwell Park. 2018/05/01 Where:
Alpes, Pop Brixton, 49 Brixton Station Road London, SW9 8PQ
Category:

Alpes, Pop Brixton, 49 Brixton Station Road, London, SW9 8PQ

Tube: Brixton Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG Kew
Above the main entrance of Pop Brixton , Alpes is the first permanent site from street food favourites Raclette Brothers. Steve and Jamie have created a brand-new concept, serving raclette on a traditional machine with the front of house team scraping melted cheese at the table in front of you. The menu includes fondues made to share with a choice of traditional, blue cheese and British variations, as well as side dishes with unlimited refills of roast potatoes, fries, salad, pickles and baguette. The shipping container restaurant has a long bar with stool seating down the middle and an outside terrace dotted with specially-designed fondue tables. In keeping with the alpine theme, furniture is made from wood with a natural finish, using trees from nearby Brockwell Park.
 
 
 

Market Hall Fulham

Opened May 2018

Market Hall Fulham Opened May 2018 Taking the old Edwardian underground station at Fulham Broadway and turning it into a 200-seat food hall, Market Hall Fulham is a genius idea. Carefully choosing the food traders who go in there is the secret to its success. Yes, it's a lovely space - a glass ceiling lets natural daylight flood in and many original features remain - but it's the quality of the food that will keep you coming back. With ten traders at the launch edition, you can choose from healthy Hawaiian salads from Ahi Poke or dirty burgers from Butchies (who are also on the roof of John Lewis this summer). You're spoilt for choice with the first west London Yard Sale Pizza, Indian street food at Calcutta Canteen, Thai bites at Thima by Farang, Fanny's kebabs, Hot Box, Soft Serve Society ice cream, Press Coffee and Claude's Deli. Cocktails are served from the old 1880 ticket counter and beers are by interesting brewers like Cloudwater, Wild Beer Co and Siren Craft Brew. Fulham is the first of three Market Halls sites opening in 2018, an initiative by former property investor Andy Lewis-Pratt and Simon Anderson, the man behind Pitt Cue Co. Following Fulham, Market Halls open in Victoria where Pacha used to be in summer 2018 and - the giant flagship - Market Halls West End launches in autumn 2018 in the former BHS building, coinciding with the planned pedestrianisation of Oxford Circus. 2018/05/01 Where:
Market Hall Fulham, Old Underground Station, Fulham Broadway London, SW6 1BY
Category:

Market Hall Fulham, Old Underground Station, Fulham Broadway, London, SW6 1BY

Tube: Fulham Broadway Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press Coffee
Taking the old Edwardian underground station at Fulham Broadway and turning it into a 200-seat food hall, Market Hall Fulham is a genius idea. Carefully choosing the food traders who go in there is the secret to its success. Yes, it's a lovely space - a glass ceiling lets natural daylight flood in and many original features remain - but it's the quality of the food that will keep you coming back. With ten traders at the launch edition, you can choose from healthy Hawaiian salads from Ahi Poke or dirty burgers from Butchies (who are also on the roof of John Lewis this summer). You're spoilt for choice with the first west London Yard Sale Pizza, Indian street food at Calcutta Canteen, Thai bites at Thima by Farang, Fanny's kebabs, Hot Box, Soft Serve Society ice cream, Press Coffee and Claude's Deli. Cocktails are served from the old 1880 ticket counter and beers are by interesting brewers like Cloudwater, Wild Beer Co and Siren Craft Brew. Fulham is the first of three Market Halls sites opening in 2018, an initiative by former property investor Andy Lewis-Pratt and Simon Anderson, the man behind Pitt Cue Co. Following Fulham, Market Halls open in Victoria where Pacha used to be in summer 2018 and - the giant flagship - Market Halls West End launches in autumn 2018 in the former BHS building, coinciding with the planned pedestrianisation of Oxford Circus.
 
 
 
 

All Star Lanes Shepherd's Bush

Opened April 2018

All Star Lanes Shepherd's Bush Opened April 2018 Forget about ugly shoes. Bowling gets a dose of serious glamour at All Star Lane. Beautifully done with Art Deco styling, this bowling alley in the extension to Westfield, in Shepherd's Bush, includes a deluxe private room, karaoke booths and 10 state-of-the-art walnut-finished bowling lanes. Art Deco interiors - note the brass detailing on the marble bar - are supplemented by green leafy plants, picked up on by foliage wallpaper, as well as an outdoor heated terrace. When you're not aiming for a strike, feast on American food including homemade beef burgers, Philly cheese steak, soft shell crab burgers, king scallops and blackened salmon as well as tasty vegan options. Stepping into All Star Lanes you'll forget you're in Shepherd's Bush - it's more like Claridge's-meets-Miami, with bowling thrown in. 2018/04/30 Where:
All Star Lanes Shepherd's Bush, Ariel Way, Westfield London London, W12 7GF
Category:

All Star Lanes Shepherd's Bush, Ariel Way, Westfield , London, W12 7GF

Tube: Wood Lane Station, Shepherd's Bush Market Station (Hammersmith and City Line), Shepherd's Bush Station (Central)

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press Coffee
Forget about ugly shoes. Bowling gets a dose of serious glamour at All Star Lane. Beautifully done with Art Deco styling, this bowling alley in the extension to Westfield, in Shepherd's Bush, includes a deluxe private room, karaoke booths and 10 state-of-the-art walnut-finished bowling lanes. Art Deco interiors - note the brass detailing on the marble bar - are supplemented by green leafy plants, picked up on by foliage wallpaper, as well as an outdoor heated terrace. When you're not aiming for a strike, feast on American food including homemade beef burgers, Philly cheese steak, soft shell crab burgers, king scallops and blackened salmon as well as tasty vegan options. Stepping into All Star Lanes you'll forget you're in Shepherd's Bush - it's more like Claridge's-meets-Miami, with bowling thrown in.
 
 
 

Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street

Opened spring 2018

Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street Opened spring 2018 Chef Masha Rener, a longtime customer at Lina Stores , is heading up the kitchen at Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street, the first restaurant from the Soho institution. Born and raised in a remote valley on the border between Tuscany and Umbria, Masha began her culinary education growing up on her parents' organic farm, restaurant and hotel, La Chiusa. Her Italian heritage is brought to the fifty-one-seat restaurant on Greek Street, influenced by the restaurants and cafes of mid-century Italy. S et over two floors, the green, white and polished aluminium interiors are instantly recognisable from the original Lina Stores. P asta served in the restaurant is hand-made daily at the Brewer Street deli (as it has been since 1944). As well as pasta dishes like tortellini in brodo, spaghetti chitarra with baby clams and gnocchi stuffed with fresh ricotta and white truffle you'll find prosciutti, cheeses and antipasti that Lina Stores has become famous for alongside a small selection of Italian wines, Italian cocktails and desserts. 2018/04/30 Where:
Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street, 51 Greek Street London, W1D 4EH
Category: Italian Cuisine

Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street, 51 Greek Street, London, W1D 4EH

Tube: Tottenham Court Road Station, Leicester Square Station, Covent Garden Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha Rener
Chef Masha Rener, a longtime customer at Lina Stores , is heading up the kitchen at Lina Stores - 51 Greek Street, the first restaurant from the Soho institution. Born and raised in a remote valley on the border between Tuscany and Umbria, Masha began her culinary education growing up on her parents' organic farm, restaurant and hotel, La Chiusa. Her Italian heritage is brought to the fifty-one-seat restaurant on Greek Street, influenced by the restaurants and cafes of mid-century Italy. S et over two floors, the green, white and polished aluminium interiors are instantly recognisable from the original Lina Stores. P asta served in the restaurant is hand-made daily at the Brewer Street deli (as it has been since 1944). As well as pasta dishes like tortellini in brodo, spaghetti chitarra with baby clams and gnocchi stuffed with fresh ricotta and white truffle you'll find prosciutti, cheeses and antipasti that Lina Stores has become famous for alongside a small selection of Italian wines, Italian cocktails and desserts.
 
 
 

Cornerstone

Opened 24th April 2018

Cornerstone Opened 24th April 2018 Tom Brown (previously head chef at Nathan Outlaw's eponymous restaurant at The Capital Hotel in Knightsbridge) opened his first restaurant, Cornerstone in a new building that's part of the Hackney Wick and Fish Island expansion plan . Raw mackerel with lime pickle, m arinated squid accompanied by black pudding, and roast cod served with hollandaise are just a small sample of the eight or so dishes, designed for sharing. For dessert choose from pear crumble with Earl Grey ice cream or coffee ice-cream sandwich with banana, pecan and rum sauce. As well as a 22 bin wine list, with a focus on natural, organic and biodynamic wines, Cornerstone has partnered up with Cornish distillery, The Wrecking Coast, to create a bespoke gin to go with seafood. The kitchen of the 46-cover restaurant, a central feature, doubles up as a counter-bar, seating 11 guests. Head to the lounge area at the front of the restaurant for a pre or post dinner drink - s ip on a glass of gin, apple, samphire and herbal tonic and enjoy the restaurant's signature cocktail. 2018/04/24 Where:
Cornerstone, 3 Prince Edward Road, Hackney Wick London, E9 5LX
Category: British Cuisine

Cornerstone, 3 Prince Edward Road, Hackney Wick, London, E9 5LX

Tube: Hackney Wick Overground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom Brown
Tom Brown (previously head chef at Nathan Outlaw's eponymous restaurant at The Capital Hotel in Knightsbridge) opened his first restaurant, Cornerstone in a new building that's part of the Hackney Wick and Fish Island expansion plan . Raw mackerel with lime pickle, m arinated squid accompanied by black pudding, and roast cod served with hollandaise are just a small sample of the eight or so dishes, designed for sharing. For dessert choose from pear crumble with Earl Grey ice cream or coffee ice-cream sandwich with banana, pecan and rum sauce. As well as a 22 bin wine list, with a focus on natural, organic and biodynamic wines, Cornerstone has partnered up with Cornish distillery, The Wrecking Coast, to create a bespoke gin to go with seafood. The kitchen of the 46-cover restaurant, a central feature, doubles up as a counter-bar, seating 11 guests. Head to the lounge area at the front of the restaurant for a pre or post dinner drink - s ip on a glass of gin, apple, samphire and herbal tonic and enjoy the restaurant's signature cocktail.
 
 
 

Petersham Nurseries Covent Garden

Opened 24th April 2018

Petersham Nurseries Covent Garden Opened 24th April 2018 The magic of Petersham Nurseries came to Covent Garden in summer 2017, with the Boglione family taking over four units of the new Floral Court development. Bringing the spirit of the Richmond oasis to central London, the Michaelis Boyd designed space occupies 16,000 square foot and includes two restaurants, a lifestyle shop, garden shop, delicatessen with a wine cellar and a florist. Summer 2017 sees the opening of The Shop, The Potting Bench, The Delicatessen, The Florist and Wine Cellar while the two restaurants, The Petersham and La Goccia, the La Goccia bar and Courtyard will follow in April 2018. The new space blends Italian and British culture and maintains the family's passion for simplicity, flora, fauna and responsibly sourced produce, creating a refined, calm setting within a central urban environment. Located in a Grade II listed building beneath three Victorian atriums, The Shop offers a handpicked collection of homeware, furniture and gifts as well as specialist indoor plants, floral displays and artisanal gardening tools; The Delicatessen brings the spirit of a traditional Italian grocery store to central London with a selection of small artisanal suppliers; and The Florist offers a dramatic selection of wild, colourful and romantic displays that capture the true essence of Petersham Nurseries. Details of the restaurants and bar will be available later in the year. 2018/04/24 Where:
Petersham Nurseries Covent Garden, Floral Court London, WC2E 9FB
Category: Modern European Cuisine

Petersham Nurseries Covent Garden, Floral Court, London, WC2E 9FB

Tube: Covent Garden Station, Leicester Square Station, Charing Cross Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent Garden
The magic of Petersham Nurseries came to Covent Garden in summer 2017, with the Boglione family taking over four units of the new Floral Court development. Bringing the spirit of the Richmond oasis to central London, the Michaelis Boyd designed space occupies 16,000 square foot and includes two restaurants, a lifestyle shop, garden shop, delicatessen with a wine cellar and a florist. Summer 2017 sees the opening of The Shop, The Potting Bench, The Delicatessen, The Florist and Wine Cellar while the two restaurants, The Petersham and La Goccia, the La Goccia bar and Courtyard will follow in April 2018. The new space blends Italian and British culture and maintains the family's passion for simplicity, flora, fauna and responsibly sourced produce, creating a refined, calm setting within a central urban environment. Located in a Grade II listed building beneath three Victorian atriums, The Shop offers a handpicked collection of homeware, furniture and gifts as well as specialist indoor plants, floral displays and artisanal gardening tools; The Delicatessen brings the spirit of a traditional Italian grocery store to central London with a selection of small artisanal suppliers; and The Florist offers a dramatic selection of wild, colourful and romantic displays that capture the true essence of Petersham Nurseries. Details of the restaurants and bar will be available later in the year.
 
 
 

EKTE Nordic Kitchen

Opened 23rd April 2018

EKTE Nordic Kitchen Opened 23rd April 2018 Danish-born restaurateur Soren Jessen, who launched successful City stalwart, 1 Lombard Street in 1998, promises something very different at this glass-fronted 60 seat restaurant in Bloomberg Arcade. Fresh and seasonal Nordic-inspired cooking is the thing at EKTE Nordic Kitchen where open sandwiches and Scandinavian pastries are available to take away. Stop by for breakfast and you'll find Danish pastries, charcuterie and gravad lax and eggs on the menu. EKTE, meaning 'genuine' or 'real' in Norwegian, translates into a varied menu with typical dishes including snaps-cured dill salmon with pickled radishes, mustard marinated herring with caramelised apple, and new potato salad with smoked mayo, fried onion and toasted rye crumbs. Danish apple cake with cinnamon ice cream is for dessert, along with Norwegian hazelnut cake with chocolate sauce. Interiors match the simplicity of the Nordic menu, making use of weathered oak, tanned leather, polished concrete, charred timber and pale stone. London based Danish Design studio JLKDS has created an elegant place with an expansive outdoor seating area for up to 20. 2018/04/23 Where:
EKTE Nordic Kitchen, 2-8 Bloomberg Arcade London, EC4N 8AR
Category: Scandinavian Cuisine

EKTE Nordic Kitchen, 2-8 Bloomberg Arcade, London, EC4N 8AR

Tube: Cannon Street Station, Bank Station, Mansion House Station, Monument Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren Jessen
Danish-born restaurateur Soren Jessen, who launched successful City stalwart, 1 Lombard Street in 1998, promises something very different at this glass-fronted 60 seat restaurant in Bloomberg Arcade. Fresh and seasonal Nordic-inspired cooking is the thing at EKTE Nordic Kitchen where open sandwiches and Scandinavian pastries are available to take away. Stop by for breakfast and you'll find Danish pastries, charcuterie and gravad lax and eggs on the menu. EKTE, meaning 'genuine' or 'real' in Norwegian, translates into a varied menu with typical dishes including snaps-cured dill salmon with pickled radishes, mustard marinated herring with caramelised apple, and new potato salad with smoked mayo, fried onion and toasted rye crumbs. Danish apple cake with cinnamon ice cream is for dessert, along with Norwegian hazelnut cake with chocolate sauce. Interiors match the simplicity of the Nordic menu, making use of weathered oak, tanned leather, polished concrete, charred timber and pale stone. London based Danish Design studio JLKDS has created an elegant place with an expansive outdoor seating area for up to 20.
 
 
 
 

White City House

Opened 23rd April 2018

White City House Opened 23rd April 2018 Swanky private member's club Soho House turns the old BBC headquarters in White City into a 47-bedroom hotel. At the very heart of Television Centre, in The Helios - the building's original Grade II listed central ring - are 45 bedrooms, supplemented by three floors of club space, an Electric Cinema, The Allis, a restaurant at ground floor level, 25,000 square foot gym and - a trademark for Soho House - a rooftop pool (these top their hotels in New York, Chicago and Berlin but for London examples see Shoreditch House and The Ned). The terrace and swimming pool on the roof of the new office building are in a prime spot overlooking the Television Centre forecourt. 2018/04/23 Where:
White City House, The Helios, Television Centre, 101 Wood Lane London, W12 7RJ
Category: New Hotels

White City House, The Helios, Television Centre, 101 Wood Lane, London, W12 7RJ

Tube: Wood Lane Station, White City Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City House
Swanky private member's club Soho House turns the old BBC headquarters in White City into a 47-bedroom hotel. At the very heart of Television Centre, in The Helios - the building's original Grade II listed central ring - are 45 bedrooms, supplemented by three floors of club space, an Electric Cinema, The Allis, a restaurant at ground floor level, 25,000 square foot gym and - a trademark for Soho House - a rooftop pool (these top their hotels in New York, Chicago and Berlin but for London examples see Shoreditch House and The Ned). The terrace and swimming pool on the roof of the new office building are in a prime spot overlooking the Television Centre forecourt.
 
 
 

Devonshire Terrace

Opened 26th March 2018

Devonshire Terrace Opened 26th March 2018 With an expansive covered terrace, Devonshire Terrace is the perfect al fresco spot. A stone's throw from Liverpool Street station, the courtyard terrace at this Drake & Morgan owned bar and restaurant is dressed with tonal textiles, tropical foliage and soft furnishings. Inside it's fresh and modern with soft moss, fir and olive greens set against natural materials like leather, marble and timber. Seasonal dishes, flatbreads and sharing boards are on the menu as well as small plates and gourmet sandwiches and burgers. There are vegetarian and vegan options as well as summer salads combining kohlrabi with watermelon, tofu, mangetout and candied walnuts and cherry tomatoes with orange, fennel, macadamia nuts and coriander. For business breakfasts there are fritters with poached egg, labneh and mint; avocado hummus on toasted gluten-free flatbread with dukkah and ricotta bruschetta with lemon, basil and honey. The Full Works comes as a vegetarian plate as well as the classic and you can top-up on your five a day with fresh juices and smoothies, blended to order. 2018/04/20 Where:
Devonshire Terrace, Building 9, Devonshire Square London, EC2M 4WY
Category: Modern European Cuisine

Devonshire Terrace, Building 9, Devonshire Square, London, EC2M 4WY

Tube: Liverpool Street Station, Aldgate Station, Aldgate East Underground Station, Aldgate East Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City House
With an expansive covered terrace, Devonshire Terrace is the perfect al fresco spot. A stone's throw from Liverpool Street station, the courtyard terrace at this Drake & Morgan owned bar and restaurant is dressed with tonal textiles, tropical foliage and soft furnishings. Inside it's fresh and modern with soft moss, fir and olive greens set against natural materials like leather, marble and timber. Seasonal dishes, flatbreads and sharing boards are on the menu as well as small plates and gourmet sandwiches and burgers. There are vegetarian and vegan options as well as summer salads combining kohlrabi with watermelon, tofu, mangetout and candied walnuts and cherry tomatoes with orange, fennel, macadamia nuts and coriander. For business breakfasts there are fritters with poached egg, labneh and mint; avocado hummus on toasted gluten-free flatbread with dukkah and ricotta bruschetta with lemon, basil and honey. The Full Works comes as a vegetarian plate as well as the classic and you can top-up on your five a day with fresh juices and smoothies, blended to order.
 
 
 

Homeslice, White City

Opened 19th April 2018

Homeslice, White City Opened 19th April 2018 Homeslice is the brainchild of Ry Jessup and brothers Mark and Alan Wogan, sons of Sir Terry Wogan so this, their fifth branch at Television Centre, is something of a homecoming. Renowned for its award-winning 20" pizzas for £20, also served individually by the slice, Homeslice began as a hand-built mobile wood-fired oven in 2011, with Ry popping-up at street food markets Kerb and Street Feast in East London. With the focus on honest and simple food, done well, the menu evolves seasonally. Margherita and salami, rocket and parmesan are offered along with more adventurous options like aubergine with cauliflower cheese and BBQ beef brisket with pickled carrots and celery. Drinks include Camden Town Brewery beer on tap as well as bottled craft beers, natural wine by the glass and carafe, and frizzante prosecco on tap. 2018/04/19 Where:
Homeslice, White City, 2 Television Centre, 101 Wood Lane London, W12 7FR
Category: Italian Cuisine

Homeslice, White City, 2 Television Centre, 101 Wood Lane, London, W12 7FR

Tube: Wood Lane Station, White City Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark Wogan
Homeslice is the brainchild of Ry Jessup and brothers Mark and Alan Wogan, sons of Sir Terry Wogan so this, their fifth branch at Television Centre, is something of a homecoming. Renowned for its award-winning 20" pizzas for £20, also served individually by the slice, Homeslice began as a hand-built mobile wood-fired oven in 2011, with Ry popping-up at street food markets Kerb and Street Feast in East London. With the focus on honest and simple food, done well, the menu evolves seasonally. Margherita and salami, rocket and parmesan are offered along with more adventurous options like aubergine with cauliflower cheese and BBQ beef brisket with pickled carrots and celery. Drinks include Camden Town Brewery beer on tap as well as bottled craft beers, natural wine by the glass and carafe, and frizzante prosecco on tap.
 
 
 

HIDE

Opened 17th April 2018

HIDE Opened 17th April 2018 Ollie Dabbous, one of the best chefs in the country, brings us Hide, a fine dining venture and collaboration with Hedonism Wines and bartender and former Dabbous co-founder Oskar Kinberg. Ollie, who opened Dabbous in 2012, once billed as one of the hardest restaurants to get into in London, closed his eponymous restaurant in 2017 to make way for this. It's a much bigger operation with three different spaces in one, incorporating a la carte dining, tasting menus and a dedicated bar as well as the biggest selection of wine in London, with more than 6,800 bottles on offer. Ground serves an a la carte menu by Josh Angus, who worked at Le Manoir aux Quat'Saisons and with Ollie at Dabbous, and also features a bakery; Above, on the mezzanine, boasts views over Green Park and focuses on tasting menus and set lunches with Luke Selby, who won the Roux Scholarship and National Chef of the Year in 2017, in charge; and Below, in the basement, is a bar run by cocktail guru Oskar Kinberg, similar to Oskar's Bar which he ran below Dabbous. 2018/04/17 Where:
HIDE, 85 Piccadilly London, W1J 7NB
Category: British Cuisine

HIDE, 85 Piccadilly, London, W1J 7NB

Tube: Green Park Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark Wogan
Ollie Dabbous, one of the best chefs in the country, brings us Hide, a fine dining venture and collaboration with Hedonism Wines and bartender and former Dabbous co-founder Oskar Kinberg. Ollie, who opened Dabbous in 2012, once billed as one of the hardest restaurants to get into in London, closed his eponymous restaurant in 2017 to make way for this. It's a much bigger operation with three different spaces in one, incorporating a la carte dining, tasting menus and a dedicated bar as well as the biggest selection of wine in London, with more than 6,800 bottles on offer. Ground serves an a la carte menu by Josh Angus, who worked at Le Manoir aux Quat'Saisons and with Ollie at Dabbous, and also features a bakery; Above, on the mezzanine, boasts views over Green Park and focuses on tasting menus and set lunches with Luke Selby, who won the Roux Scholarship and National Chef of the Year in 2017, in charge; and Below, in the basement, is a bar run by cocktail guru Oskar Kinberg, similar to Oskar's Bar which he ran below Dabbous.
 
 
 

Beck at Brown's

Opened 16th April 2018

Beck at Brown's Opened 16th April 2018 Michelin starred chef Heinz Beck returns to London with Beck at Brown's in the heart of beautiful Mayfair hotel Brown's. The restaurant, freshly redesigned by Olga Polizzi with bright, botanical greens and turquoises set against the original 1900's oak panelling, offers a menu of classic Italian dishes, reinvented in Heinz's inimitable style. An extensive insalate and antipasti section of small plates offers starters of burrata with marinated courgette and dressed crab with grilled Romain lettuce. Follow with fresh, house-made pasta and, in traditional Italian style, enjoy hearty meat and fish dishes from red mullet 'sandwich' to Rhug estate striploin with truffle mash and rosemary sauce (to share). 'Happy hour' a peritivo creations include crostini burro e alici and carciofi alla giudia. 2018/04/16 Where:
Beck at Brown's, Brown's Hotel, Albemarle Street London, W1S 4BP
Category: Italian Cuisine

Beck at Brown's, Brown's Hotel, Albemarle Street, London, W1S 4BP

Tube: Green Park Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark Wogan
Michelin starred chef Heinz Beck returns to London with Beck at Brown's in the heart of beautiful Mayfair hotel Brown's. The restaurant, freshly redesigned by Olga Polizzi with bright, botanical greens and turquoises set against the original 1900's oak panelling, offers a menu of classic Italian dishes, reinvented in Heinz's inimitable style. An extensive insalate and antipasti section of small plates offers starters of burrata with marinated courgette and dressed crab with grilled Romain lettuce. Follow with fresh, house-made pasta and, in traditional Italian style, enjoy hearty meat and fish dishes from red mullet 'sandwich' to Rhug estate striploin with truffle mash and rosemary sauce (to share). 'Happy hour' a peritivo creations include crostini burro e alici and carciofi alla giudia.
 
 
 
 

The Principal London

Opened 16th April 2018

The Principal London Opened 16th April 2018 Designed by Charles Fitzroy-Doll, who was also responsible for the design of RMS Titanic, The Principal London originally opened as a hotel in 1898 and stands out on Russell Square thanks its striking terracotta exterior. While four British queens - Elizabeth I, Mary II, Anne and Victoria - guard the entrance, inside the 334-room hotel is a bronze dragon (find it on the landing of the main staircase) , 'Lucky George' - the Titanic had an exact replica. Rooms have a contemporary interior and lavish feel , designed by Tara Bernard and Russell Sage, and provide a practical place to stay, with custom-made beds and work desks. At the heart of the hotel is the magnificently restored Palm Court. For something more casual, try Burr & Co., and for glamorous nights out head to Fitz's bar for a cocktail or two. 2018/04/16 Where:
The Principal London, 1-8 Russell Square London, WC1B 5BE
Category: New Hotels

The Principal London, 1-8 Russell Square, London, WC1B 5BE

Tube: Russell Square Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark Wogan
Designed by Charles Fitzroy-Doll, who was also responsible for the design of RMS Titanic, The Principal London originally opened as a hotel in 1898 and stands out on Russell Square thanks its striking terracotta exterior. While four British queens - Elizabeth I, Mary II, Anne and Victoria - guard the entrance, inside the 334-room hotel is a bronze dragon (find it on the landing of the main staircase) , 'Lucky George' - the Titanic had an exact replica. Rooms have a contemporary interior and lavish feel , designed by Tara Bernard and Russell Sage, and provide a practical place to stay, with custom-made beds and work desks. At the heart of the hotel is the magnificently restored Palm Court. For something more casual, try Burr & Co., and for glamorous nights out head to Fitz's bar for a cocktail or two.
 
 
 

Wellbourne Brasserie

Opened 16th April 2018

Wellbourne Brasserie Opened 16th April 2018 Dine al fresco on the south facing terrace overlooking the green at the heart of White City Place at Wellbourne Brasserie, an all-day restaurant from former h ead chef at Dabbous, Ross Gibbens, and his sous chef, Michael Kennedy. The pair have worked in some of the UK's leading kitchens including Le Manoir aux Quat'Saisons, Launceston Place and The Square. They have imported a specialist Mibrasa charcoal oven from Spain so that delicious 50 day salt aged Simmental beef can be cooked over hot coals. The menu also includes homemade crumpets served with hot smoked mackerel for breakfast, veal Holstein and bavette, chips and aioli. Vol au vents are a signature dish and come as appetisers, filled with English broad beans, ewe's cheese and mint as well as salt cod brandade. The 40-seat restaurant includes a bright 30 seater Lounge Bar, seating for 80 on the t errace and private dining. The intimate Charles Packe private dining room, named after the English explorer, is a nod to the brasserie's sister venue, Wellbourne Salardu, a seasonal fine dining and apres ski restaurant in Spain. 2018/04/16 Where:
Wellbourne Brasserie, 195 Wood Lane, Unit 2 Westworks Building London, W12 7FQ
Category: Brasseries

Wellbourne Brasserie, 195 Wood Lane, Unit 2 Westworks Building, London, W12 7FQ

Tube: White City Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark Wogan
Dine al fresco on the south facing terrace overlooking the green at the heart of White City Place at Wellbourne Brasserie, an all-day restaurant from former h ead chef at Dabbous, Ross Gibbens, and his sous chef, Michael Kennedy. The pair have worked in some of the UK's leading kitchens including Le Manoir aux Quat'Saisons, Launceston Place and The Square. They have imported a specialist Mibrasa charcoal oven from Spain so that delicious 50 day salt aged Simmental beef can be cooked over hot coals. The menu also includes homemade crumpets served with hot smoked mackerel for breakfast, veal Holstein and bavette, chips and aioli. Vol au vents are a signature dish and come as appetisers, filled with English broad beans, ewe's cheese and mint as well as salt cod brandade. The 40-seat restaurant includes a bright 30 seater Lounge Bar, seating for 80 on the t errace and private dining. The intimate Charles Packe private dining room, named after the English explorer, is a nod to the brasserie's sister venue, Wellbourne Salardu, a seasonal fine dining and apres ski restaurant in Spain.
 
 
 

Ardiciocca

Opened April 2018

Ardiciocca Opened April 2018 Roberto Costa and the team behind the Italian butchery with tables, Macellaio RC, have gone entirely gluten, dairy and sugar free for Ardiciocca, their fifth London restaurant, and this time there's no steak in sight. Named after the Genoese-Italian word for artichoke , the restaurant on Fulham's North End Road from April 2018, offers beautiful Mediterranean cuisine from chef Simona Ranieri, author of successful cookbooks on going gluten free. The emphasis at Ardiciocca is on fermentation, enriching the flavours and nutritional value of vegetables, fruits and grains. Marinated and flamed mackerel comes with kimchi cucumber, dill and coconut yogurt. For mains, pea ravioli with almond and slow-cooked lamb with kimchi are best enjoyed with natural, organic and biodynamic wines. Leave room for matcha tea ice cream and Simona's signature almond tiramisu, both sugar and dairy free. 2018/04/15 Where:
Ardiciocca, 461-465 North End Road London, SW6 1NZ
Category: Mediterranean Cuisine

Ardiciocca, 461-465 North End Road, London, SW6 1NZ

Tube: Fulham Broadway Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark Wogan
Roberto Costa and the team behind the Italian butchery with tables, Macellaio RC, have gone entirely gluten, dairy and sugar free for Ardiciocca, their fifth London restaurant, and this time there's no steak in sight. Named after the Genoese-Italian word for artichoke , the restaurant on Fulham's North End Road from April 2018, offers beautiful Mediterranean cuisine from chef Simona Ranieri, author of successful cookbooks on going gluten free. The emphasis at Ardiciocca is on fermentation, enriching the flavours and nutritional value of vegetables, fruits and grains. Marinated and flamed mackerel comes with kimchi cucumber, dill and coconut yogurt. For mains, pea ravioli with almond and slow-cooked lamb with kimchi are best enjoyed with natural, organic and biodynamic wines. Leave room for matcha tea ice cream and Simona's signature almond tiramisu, both sugar and dairy free.
 
 
 

Proud Embankment

Opened 12th April 2018

Proud Embankment Opened 12th April 2018 Baz Luhrmann meets Cirque du Soleil at Proud Embankment, an immersive cabaret-dining experience and the largest club of its kind in the UK. In sumptuous surroundings and an original Art Deco interior - which includes a grand double-height atrium - supper, spectacular aerial performances, modern cabaret and classic burlesque are all laid on. Located between Somerset House and the Savoy, directly under Waterloo Bridge and right by the river, this cabaret club transforms into a dazzling 750-capacity nightclub. After dinner, the tables are cleared away and you can party till late; carriages are at 5am. On Thursdays it's Proud Big Top - a jaw-dropping, gravity-defying, fire breathing circus extravaganza. Friday sees a contemporary twist on a classic Parisian cabaret in Lady Marmalade - fusing full choreographed numbers by Can Can dancers with performances by Miss Betsy Rose, Jolie Papillon and Didi Derriere. Those three then join forces with Missy Fatale and a host of other top-class performers to form The Secret Burlesque Society, the in-house entertainment on Saturdays. 2018/04/12 Where:
Proud Embankment, 8 Victoria Embankment London, WC2R 2AB
Category:

Proud Embankment, 8 Victoria Embankment, London, WC2R 2AB

Tube: Temple Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark Wogan
Baz Luhrmann meets Cirque du Soleil at Proud Embankment, an immersive cabaret-dining experience and the largest club of its kind in the UK. In sumptuous surroundings and an original Art Deco interior - which includes a grand double-height atrium - supper, spectacular aerial performances, modern cabaret and classic burlesque are all laid on. Located between Somerset House and the Savoy, directly under Waterloo Bridge and right by the river, this cabaret club transforms into a dazzling 750-capacity nightclub. After dinner, the tables are cleared away and you can party till late; carriages are at 5am. On Thursdays it's Proud Big Top - a jaw-dropping, gravity-defying, fire breathing circus extravaganza. Friday sees a contemporary twist on a classic Parisian cabaret in Lady Marmalade - fusing full choreographed numbers by Can Can dancers with performances by Miss Betsy Rose, Jolie Papillon and Didi Derriere. Those three then join forces with Missy Fatale and a host of other top-class performers to form The Secret Burlesque Society, the in-house entertainment on Saturdays.
 
 
 

Bluebird Cafe

Opened 11th April 2018

Bluebird Cafe Opened 11th April 2018 Joining Soho House and Homeslice at Television Centre in White City, Bluebird, the famous Kings Road restaurant, adds a second branch to its name. Bluebird Cafe at Television Centre includes a cafe, bar, deli and - a major draw at the original - an outdoor terrace overlooking Television Centre's famous circular core. The cafe's colorful interior has been designed by David d'Almada's Sagrada and incorporates a mix 1960s styling inspired by Bridget Riley and Celia Birtwell and modern glamour. On Simon Gregory's modern European menu you'll find Calabrian nduja crusted yellow fin tuna with grilled onion and green sauce, and a Crispy Goosnargh duck and watercress salad. Bluebird classics such as Spiced Atlantic king prawns with lemon yoghurt and pistachio also feature, while award-winning Executive Pastry Chef, Roger Pizey, offers a sweet-toothed nod to the Kings Road with a Chelsea chocolate cheesecake and orange sorbet. 2018/04/11 Where:
Bluebird Cafe, Television Centre 89 Wood Lane London, W12 7FA
Category: British Cuisine

Bluebird Cafe, Television Centre 89 Wood Lane, London, W12 7FA

Tube: White City Station, Wood Lane Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark Wogan
Joining Soho House and Homeslice at Television Centre in White City, Bluebird, the famous Kings Road restaurant, adds a second branch to its name. Bluebird Cafe at Television Centre includes a cafe, bar, deli and - a major draw at the original - an outdoor terrace overlooking Television Centre's famous circular core. The cafe's colorful interior has been designed by David d'Almada's Sagrada and incorporates a mix 1960s styling inspired by Bridget Riley and Celia Birtwell and modern glamour. On Simon Gregory's modern European menu you'll find Calabrian nduja crusted yellow fin tuna with grilled onion and green sauce, and a Crispy Goosnargh duck and watercress salad. Bluebird classics such as Spiced Atlantic king prawns with lemon yoghurt and pistachio also feature, while award-winning Executive Pastry Chef, Roger Pizey, offers a sweet-toothed nod to the Kings Road with a Chelsea chocolate cheesecake and orange sorbet.
 
 
 
 

Southbank Centre: Queen Elizabeth Hall

Opened 9th April 2018

Southbank Centre: Queen Elizabeth Hall Opened 9th April 2018 Queen Elizabeth Hall is the second largest concert hall at Southbank Centre, presenting a diverse programme that covers the whole range of music and performing arts. The Royal Festival Hall's smaller sister venue Queen Elizabeth Hall ensures that even when there is a long-running show, the Southbank Centre can have almost nightly performances by world-class orchestras. The Hall hosts chamber orchestras, quartets, choirs, dance performances and opera. The building contains the Purcell Room, the most intimate concert hall venue at Southbank Centre, and The Front Room, a relaxed and informal platform for enjoying live music in the foyer. Located by the River Thames, with sweeping views of the capital from the London Eye to St Paul's Cathedral, the Southbank Centre is a unique metropolitan arts centre, with 21 acres of creative space and an extraordinary history. The combination of the Royal Festival Hall and Queen Elizabeth Hall make the Southbank Centre one of the world's leading concert venues. 2018/04/09 Where:
Southbank Centre: Queen Elizabeth Hall, Belvedere Road London, SE1 8XX
Category: Classical Music

Southbank Centre: Queen Elizabeth Hall, Belvedere Road, London, SE1 8XX

Tube: Waterloo Station, Embankment Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Queen Elizabeth Hall is the second largest concert hall at Southbank Centre, presenting a diverse programme that covers the whole range of music and performing arts. The Royal Festival Hall's smaller sister venue Queen Elizabeth Hall ensures that even when there is a long-running show, the Southbank Centre can have almost nightly performances by world-class orchestras. The Hall hosts chamber orchestras, quartets, choirs, dance performances and opera. The building contains the Purcell Room, the most intimate concert hall venue at Southbank Centre, and The Front Room, a relaxed and informal platform for enjoying live music in the foyer. Located by the River Thames, with sweeping views of the capital from the London Eye to St Paul's Cathedral, the Southbank Centre is a unique metropolitan arts centre, with 21 acres of creative space and an extraordinary history. The combination of the Royal Festival Hall and Queen Elizabeth Hall make the Southbank Centre one of the world's leading concert venues.
 
 
 

Two Tribes KX

Opened 9th April 2018

Two Tribes KX Opened 9th April 2018 Two Tribes KX, a brewhouse and taproom in King's Cross, unites craft beer, cutting-edge music and street food in Tileyard Studios, a co-working space that's home to companies like Rapha, Pretty Green, Beats headphones, and over 100 recording studios where you'll find Mark Ronson, Lily Allen, Basement Jaxx and The Prodigy. Adding to the mix, Two Tribes is a brewhouse set up by Justin Deighton and his wife Niki which brews one-off beers, serves hand-stretched pizzas and provides small batch spirits from local suppliers. You can also come here for cook outs, intimate gigs, DJ sets and one-off parties. Music sessions make use of the Funktion One Sound System and you can expect to hear some big names in the music industry thanks to an ongoing partnership with Island Records. There's a laid back vibe at this 2,500 square foot industrial space where you can enjoy good food, small batch beers and great music. 2018/04/09 Where:
Two Tribes KX, Tileyard Studios, Tileyard Road London, N7 9AH
Category: Bars

Two Tribes KX, Tileyard Studios, Tileyard Road, London, N7 9AH

Tube: Caledonian Road Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Two Tribes KX, a brewhouse and taproom in King's Cross, unites craft beer, cutting-edge music and street food in Tileyard Studios, a co-working space that's home to companies like Rapha, Pretty Green, Beats headphones, and over 100 recording studios where you'll find Mark Ronson, Lily Allen, Basement Jaxx and The Prodigy. Adding to the mix, Two Tribes is a brewhouse set up by Justin Deighton and his wife Niki which brews one-off beers, serves hand-stretched pizzas and provides small batch spirits from local suppliers. You can also come here for cook outs, intimate gigs, DJ sets and one-off parties. Music sessions make use of the Funktion One Sound System and you can expect to hear some big names in the music industry thanks to an ongoing partnership with Island Records. There's a laid back vibe at this 2,500 square foot industrial space where you can enjoy good food, small batch beers and great music.
 
 
 

Lahpet

Opened 6th-8th April 2018

Lahpet Opened 6th-8th April 2018 It started out with a small stall at Maltby Street Market and, a fter a successful year-long pop-up in Hackney, Burmese restaurant Lahpet finds its first permanent site on Bethnal Green Road in Shoreditch. Dishes from Myanmar, Burmese staples and regional specialties are served in this 76-seat restaurant which has wooden flooring, concrete softened by foliage, mixed booth seating and a long wooden sharing table. Founded by Dan Anton and Head Chef Zaw Mahesh, Lahpet - Burmese for 'tea' - offers a texture-laden Tea Leaf Salad as its signature dish, made with pickled tea leaves while the homemade Shan tofu made using split peas is another highlight. From distinctive salads, vibrant curries and fresh seafood to noodle based dishes and bold desserts, the menu of mixed fritters and hake masala is best shared with family and friends. 2018/04/08 Where:
Lahpet, Bethnal Green Road London, E1 6JW
Category: Pan-Asian Cuisine

Lahpet, Bethnal Green Road, London, E1 6JW

Tube: Aldgate East Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
It started out with a small stall at Maltby Street Market and, a fter a successful year-long pop-up in Hackney, Burmese restaurant Lahpet finds its first permanent site on Bethnal Green Road in Shoreditch. Dishes from Myanmar, Burmese staples and regional specialties are served in this 76-seat restaurant which has wooden flooring, concrete softened by foliage, mixed booth seating and a long wooden sharing table. Founded by Dan Anton and Head Chef Zaw Mahesh, Lahpet - Burmese for 'tea' - offers a texture-laden Tea Leaf Salad as its signature dish, made with pickled tea leaves while the homemade Shan tofu made using split peas is another highlight. From distinctive salads, vibrant curries and fresh seafood to noodle based dishes and bold desserts, the menu of mixed fritters and hake masala is best shared with family and friends.
 
 
 

Arepa & Co

Opened end of March 2018

Arepa & Co Opened end of March 2018 Craving arepas whilst living here London, husband and wife Gus and Kathe opened Arepa & Co Haggerston as a home from home for the Venezuelan community back in 2014. Four years on, from March 2018, they bring their Venezuelan cuisine to Bethnal Green's Paradise Row with a restaurant that's in keeping with the industrial surroundings of the Paradise Row arches. Venezuelan classics and arepas with fried chicken, soft shell crab and roasted aubergine, as well as small plates of Pastelitos (light puff pastry parcels) and Hallaquitas - steamed corn dough balls - are on the menu alongside traditional dishes of fried plantain, and Tequenos - a cheese stuffed pastry with a guava sauce. The restaurant opens up to a large terrace with bi-fold doors and a bare brick interior houses an open kitchen and stools for counter dining at the bar where the drinks menu is largely centred around rum, Venezuala's national spirit - try the Arepa Sour for a kick of rum, lime and tropical juices. On weekends Arepa & Co brunches bring some South American sunshine to the city, with corn pancakes layered with grilled bacon and cheese. 2018/03/31 Where:
Arepa & Co, 254 Paradise Row London, E2 9LE
Category: South American Cuisine

Arepa & Co, 254 Paradise Row, London, E2 9LE

Tube: Bethnal Green Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Craving arepas whilst living here London, husband and wife Gus and Kathe opened Arepa & Co Haggerston as a home from home for the Venezuelan community back in 2014. Four years on, from March 2018, they bring their Venezuelan cuisine to Bethnal Green's Paradise Row with a restaurant that's in keeping with the industrial surroundings of the Paradise Row arches. Venezuelan classics and arepas with fried chicken, soft shell crab and roasted aubergine, as well as small plates of Pastelitos (light puff pastry parcels) and Hallaquitas - steamed corn dough balls - are on the menu alongside traditional dishes of fried plantain, and Tequenos - a cheese stuffed pastry with a guava sauce. The restaurant opens up to a large terrace with bi-fold doors and a bare brick interior houses an open kitchen and stools for counter dining at the bar where the drinks menu is largely centred around rum, Venezuala's national spirit - try the Arepa Sour for a kick of rum, lime and tropical juices. On weekends Arepa & Co brunches bring some South American sunshine to the city, with corn pancakes layered with grilled bacon and cheese.
 
 
 

Caramel London

Opened end of March 2018

Caramel London Opened end of March 2018 An international success, Caramel already has restaurants in Muscat, Abu Dhabi and Dubai, and their fourth restaurant is in South Kensington. The 120 cover restaurant and lounge - the perfect shopping pit stop - has stylish Art Deco inspired interiors which feature backlit onyx trims, marbled surfaces and sleek Italian ceramic tiles as well as copper and brass details. Each site is individually tailored to suit its location so at the London site they've added an afternoon tea. In addition to finger sandwiches and petit fours you can enjoy breakfast, brunch, dinner and desserts here. Start the day with chicken sweet potato hash, try Chinese chicken salad at brunch, and choose from TNT shrimp, petite beef sliders and lobster tempura for lunch and dinner. Cocktails, chosen by mixologist Bryan Pietersen, include the Brompton Garden - Bombay Sapphire infused with orange, Kamm & Sons, lime, London Essence Co bitter orange & elderflower tonic - and Sweet Habibi, created with Bacardi Blanca, basil, maraschino, lime and elderflower. 2018/03/31 Where:
Caramel London, 272 Brompton Road London, SW3 2AW
Category: American Cuisine

Caramel London, 272 Brompton Road, London, SW3 2AW

Tube: South Kensington Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
An international success, Caramel already has restaurants in Muscat, Abu Dhabi and Dubai, and their fourth restaurant is in South Kensington. The 120 cover restaurant and lounge - the perfect shopping pit stop - has stylish Art Deco inspired interiors which feature backlit onyx trims, marbled surfaces and sleek Italian ceramic tiles as well as copper and brass details. Each site is individually tailored to suit its location so at the London site they've added an afternoon tea. In addition to finger sandwiches and petit fours you can enjoy breakfast, brunch, dinner and desserts here. Start the day with chicken sweet potato hash, try Chinese chicken salad at brunch, and choose from TNT shrimp, petite beef sliders and lobster tempura for lunch and dinner. Cocktails, chosen by mixologist Bryan Pietersen, include the Brompton Garden - Bombay Sapphire infused with orange, Kamm & Sons, lime, London Essence Co bitter orange & elderflower tonic - and Sweet Habibi, created with Bacardi Blanca, basil, maraschino, lime and elderflower.
 
 
 
 

Freak Scene

Opened 29th March 2018

Freak Scene Opened 29th March 2018 Freak Scene, the pan-Asian pop-up by chef Scott Hallsworth that took Clerkenwell by storm last year, moves to Soho and this time it's for good. Expect to find miso grilled black cod taco on the menu at this permanent restaurant from the chef and author of Junk Food Japan, previously head chef at Nobu London for six years. Scott then opened Nobu Melbourne before founding Kurobuta in London which he left in May 2017. At Freak Scene in Soho Scott brings new additions to his "Insanely delicious Japanese delicacies" (Jay Rayner) including a foie gras croissant with star anise jus and crispy nori cone with tea-smoked beef fillet, pickled onions and wasabi cream, along with Fermented Thai sausages and Pumpkin som tam with pomegranate. Sit on stools around the concrete bar and open kitchen, or grab a spot at the ledge circling the edge of the restaurant where replays of Japanese gameshow Takeshi's Castle are projected onto the wall. In the summer months, outside tables provide the perfect Soho spot to grab some rays. 2018/03/29 Where:
Freak Scene, 54 Frith Street London, W1D 4SL
Category: Japanese Cuisine

Freak Scene, 54 Frith Street, London, W1D 4SL

Tube: Tottenham Court Road Station, Leicester Square Station, Piccadilly Circus Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Freak Scene, the pan-Asian pop-up by chef Scott Hallsworth that took Clerkenwell by storm last year, moves to Soho and this time it's for good. Expect to find miso grilled black cod taco on the menu at this permanent restaurant from the chef and author of Junk Food Japan, previously head chef at Nobu London for six years. Scott then opened Nobu Melbourne before founding Kurobuta in London which he left in May 2017. At Freak Scene in Soho Scott brings new additions to his "Insanely delicious Japanese delicacies" (Jay Rayner) including a foie gras croissant with star anise jus and crispy nori cone with tea-smoked beef fillet, pickled onions and wasabi cream, along with Fermented Thai sausages and Pumpkin som tam with pomegranate. Sit on stools around the concrete bar and open kitchen, or grab a spot at the ledge circling the edge of the restaurant where replays of Japanese gameshow Takeshi's Castle are projected onto the wall. In the summer months, outside tables provide the perfect Soho spot to grab some rays.
 
 
 

Pitch Stratford

Opened 29th March 2018

Pitch Stratford Opened 29th March 2018 Open from the Easter weekend through to autumn 2018, Pitch Stratford is back after a successful summer. An open air space in the heart of Stratford, it offers street food, screenings and drinks in a colourful outdoor space just a short walk from Stratford station - a perfect escape from Westfield Stratford City. Tico's supply the hot dogs and ribs, The Gyoza Guys deliver the dumplings, there's modern Greek food by Kalimera as well as homemade churros and crepes. Easing you into the weekend, Thursdays brings fun activities to try. Fridays combine daytime networking with after-work drinks deals and Saturdays come in three parts: family-friendly street food lunches; lazy afternoon or early evenings of alfresco eating and drinking; before a themed party night or outdoor film screening. Sundays are for brunching, with flowing prosecco and DJs bringing a laidback Ibiza vibe to E15. World Cup matches are shown on the big screen in spring which becomes an outdoor cinema in summer. Don't fret if it rains, the pitched roof will keep you dry. 2018/03/29 Where:
Pitch Stratford, Bridge Road London, E15 3PA
Category:

Pitch Stratford, Bridge Road, London, E15 3PA

Tube: Stratford Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Open from the Easter weekend through to autumn 2018, Pitch Stratford is back after a successful summer. An open air space in the heart of Stratford, it offers street food, screenings and drinks in a colourful outdoor space just a short walk from Stratford station - a perfect escape from Westfield Stratford City. Tico's supply the hot dogs and ribs, The Gyoza Guys deliver the dumplings, there's modern Greek food by Kalimera as well as homemade churros and crepes. Easing you into the weekend, Thursdays brings fun activities to try. Fridays combine daytime networking with after-work drinks deals and Saturdays come in three parts: family-friendly street food lunches; lazy afternoon or early evenings of alfresco eating and drinking; before a themed party night or outdoor film screening. Sundays are for brunching, with flowing prosecco and DJs bringing a laidback Ibiza vibe to E15. World Cup matches are shown on the big screen in spring which becomes an outdoor cinema in summer. Don't fret if it rains, the pitched roof will keep you dry.
 
 
 

Mare Street Market

Opened 28th March 2018

Mare Street Market Opened 28th March 2018 Take one previously nondescript 1960s council office block, give it refurb, a restaurant by Gizzi Erskine - her first permanent solo venture - add a record shop, a florist, bakery, deli and cocktail bar and you have Mare Street Market , an all-day spot between London Fields and Broadway Market . It doesn't get more hip than this. There are three dining spots: The Deli and Off-Licence for picking up tartines and salads, a roast sandwich or ragu special; the communal Open Kitchen serving rye biga pizzas using dough developed by Breadstation; and a 50-cover modern brassiere, The Dining Room, wherer Phil Smith, formerly of Bibendum , is head chef and dishes like steak tartare and bone marrow Marmite feature on the wood-fired produce-led menu . Get an on-the-hoof cup from Flying Horse Coffee shop as you peruse the floral creations from Rebel Rebel. Or browse the vinyl at Stranger Than Paradise, a record store and in-house podcast studio by former Rough Trade East Manager Noreen McShane. 2018/03/28 Where:
Mare Street Market, 89-115 Mare Street London, E8 4RT
Category:

Mare Street Market, 89-115 Mare Street, London, E8 4RT

Tube: Bethnal Green Underground Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Take one previously nondescript 1960s council office block, give it refurb, a restaurant by Gizzi Erskine - her first permanent solo venture - add a record shop, a florist, bakery, deli and cocktail bar and you have Mare Street Market , an all-day spot between London Fields and Broadway Market . It doesn't get more hip than this. There are three dining spots: The Deli and Off-Licence for picking up tartines and salads, a roast sandwich or ragu special; the communal Open Kitchen serving rye biga pizzas using dough developed by Breadstation; and a 50-cover modern brassiere, The Dining Room, wherer Phil Smith, formerly of Bibendum , is head chef and dishes like steak tartare and bone marrow Marmite feature on the wood-fired produce-led menu . Get an on-the-hoof cup from Flying Horse Coffee shop as you peruse the floral creations from Rebel Rebel. Or browse the vinyl at Stranger Than Paradise, a record store and in-house podcast studio by former Rough Trade East Manager Noreen McShane.
 
 
 

Vijay's Bar & Lounge

Opened 28th March 2018

Vijay's Bar & Lounge Opened 28th March 2018 Cocktails and Indian-style bar snacks are served late into the night at atmospheric drinking den Vijay's Bar & Lounge on Charlotte Street. Located above the Indian restaurant Lokhandwala, and inspired by an infamous Mumbai gangster Vijay, the intimate venue and outdoor terrace offers cocktail lovers an elusive escape in the heart of Fitzrovia. The intimate, twenty-five capacity room leads on to a hidden outdoor terrace, an ideal spot for alfresco drinking in the warm summer months. Inside dark walls, rich fabrics and opulent details provide a haven for those looking to escape the hustle and bustle of the streets below. As well as cocktails you can sip on champagnes, wine and Japanese Whiskies. Floral syrups and Indian spices play a prominent role with rose and lavender syrup featuring in the drinks, along with spices like fennel seed, star anise and fresh coriander. 2018/03/28 Where:
Vijay's Bar & Lounge, 93 Charlotte Street London, W1T 4PY
Category: Bars

Vijay's Bar & Lounge, 93 Charlotte Street, London, W1T 4PY

Tube: Goodge Street Station, Warren Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von Sternberg
Cocktails and Indian-style bar snacks are served late into the night at atmospheric drinking den Vijay's Bar & Lounge on Charlotte Street. Located above the Indian restaurant Lokhandwala, and inspired by an infamous Mumbai gangster Vijay, the intimate venue and outdoor terrace offers cocktail lovers an elusive escape in the heart of Fitzrovia. The intimate, twenty-five capacity room leads on to a hidden outdoor terrace, an ideal spot for alfresco drinking in the warm summer months. Inside dark walls, rich fabrics and opulent details provide a haven for those looking to escape the hustle and bustle of the streets below. As well as cocktails you can sip on champagnes, wine and Japanese Whiskies. Floral syrups and Indian spices play a prominent role with rose and lavender syrup featuring in the drinks, along with spices like fennel seed, star anise and fresh coriander.
 
 
 

Leroy

Opened 23rd March 2018

Leroy Opened 23rd March 2018 From the team behind the (now closed) Michelin-starred Ellory, Leroy is a wine bar and Bistro where the food is simple and the wine is superb. Owner and sommelier Ed Thaw has been working on a winemaking project in Campania with Michael Sager, Jackson Boxer and Stevie Parle and the 100 bin wine list is drawn from their favourite producers. Head chef Sam Kamienko returns to his time cooking at Le Verre Vole, evident in small plates of scallop 'en coquille' and confit chicken gizzards with lardons, escarole and a duck egg yolk. The 45 cover dining room is filled with old bistro chairs from France mixed with modern brass edged tables and a marble bar in a triangular space that's light and bright in the day and cosy at night. 2018/03/23 Where:
Leroy, 18 Phipp Street London, EC2A 4NU
Category: French Cuisine

Leroy, 18 Phipp Street, London, EC2A 4NU

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed Thaw
From the team behind the (now closed) Michelin-starred Ellory, Leroy is a wine bar and Bistro where the food is simple and the wine is superb. Owner and sommelier Ed Thaw has been working on a winemaking project in Campania with Michael Sager, Jackson Boxer and Stevie Parle and the 100 bin wine list is drawn from their favourite producers. Head chef Sam Kamienko returns to his time cooking at Le Verre Vole, evident in small plates of scallop 'en coquille' and confit chicken gizzards with lardons, escarole and a duck egg yolk. The 45 cover dining room is filled with old bistro chairs from France mixed with modern brass edged tables and a marble bar in a triangular space that's light and bright in the day and cosy at night.
 
 
 
 

Kanada-Ya Upper Street

Opened 22nd March 2018

Kanada-Ya Upper Street Opened 22nd March 2018 Specialising in authentic Tonkotsu ramen, Kanada-Ya serves noodles made on site with a special machine, imported from Japan. Kanada-Ya's signature ramen are made with a very specific brand of flour, enriched with the right protein content and alkaline salts to produce a bouncy, firm noodle capable of standing up to the rich broth. Customers are also able to request how firm they like their noodles, which will then be cooked accordingly. Added to the noodles are tonkotsu broth, secret sauce (imported from the original restaurant, and hand-made by Mr. Kanada), wood ear fungus mushroom (kikurage), finely sliced spring onion, chashu pork belly and a sheet of nori. This Upper Street restaurant - the third branch of Kanada-Ya, joining branches in Piccadilly and Covent Garden - seats 55 over one floor where you can see the chefs at work in the open kitchen. 2018/03/22 Where:
Kanada-Ya Upper Street, 35 Upper Street London, N1 0PN
Category:

Kanada-Ya Upper Street, 35 Upper Street, London, N1 0PN

Tube: Angel Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed Thaw
Specialising in authentic Tonkotsu ramen, Kanada-Ya serves noodles made on site with a special machine, imported from Japan. Kanada-Ya's signature ramen are made with a very specific brand of flour, enriched with the right protein content and alkaline salts to produce a bouncy, firm noodle capable of standing up to the rich broth. Customers are also able to request how firm they like their noodles, which will then be cooked accordingly. Added to the noodles are tonkotsu broth, secret sauce (imported from the original restaurant, and hand-made by Mr. Kanada), wood ear fungus mushroom (kikurage), finely sliced spring onion, chashu pork belly and a sheet of nori. This Upper Street restaurant - the third branch of Kanada-Ya, joining branches in Piccadilly and Covent Garden - seats 55 over one floor where you can see the chefs at work in the open kitchen.
 
 
 

John Lewis White City

Opened 20th March 2018

John Lewis White City Opened 20th March 2018 The 33 million pound John Lewis store is a big draw at Westfield London's 600 million pound extension, opening on 20th March 2018. As well as housing 1,000 brands in fashion, beauty, home and technology the four floor J ohn Lewis White City department store is home to 23 service, including its 'experience desk' to guide shoppers around the store, a 'discovery room' where customers can learn new skills such as cooking and crafts, a spa and an in-house optician. Occupying 230,000 square feet, the department store takes up almost one third of the extension and is one of 90 shops, bringing the total store count to 450 at the Westfield's west London site . The John Lewis store - its 50th in the UK - is one of five big stores, along with Next, House of Fraser, Debenhams and Marks & Spencer, around Westfield's outer ring. 2018/03/20 Where:
John Lewis White City, Westfield London Shopping Centre, Ariel Way London, W12 7FU
Category: Department Stores

John Lewis White City, Westfield Shopping Centre, Ariel Way, London, W12 7FU

Tube: Wood Lane Station, White City Station, Latimer Road Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed Thaw
The 33 million pound John Lewis store is a big draw at Westfield London's 600 million pound extension, opening on 20th March 2018. As well as housing 1,000 brands in fashion, beauty, home and technology the four floor J ohn Lewis White City department store is home to 23 service, including its 'experience desk' to guide shoppers around the store, a 'discovery room' where customers can learn new skills such as cooking and crafts, a spa and an in-house optician. Occupying 230,000 square feet, the department store takes up almost one third of the extension and is one of 90 shops, bringing the total store count to 450 at the Westfield's west London site . The John Lewis store - its 50th in the UK - is one of five big stores, along with Next, House of Fraser, Debenhams and Marks & Spencer, around Westfield's outer ring.
 
 
 

Brat

Opened 17th March 2018

Brat Opened 17th March 2018 Opened in March 2018, Brat was awarded its first Michelin star just six months after it launched. It's all down Tomos Parry, formerly of Kitty Fisher's, who draws on his Welsh heritage, and influence from the Basque region of Northern Spain, to create a menu of seasonal British produce, cooked on an open fire wood grill. Named after a colloquial term for 'turbot' the restaurant on Redchurch Street in Shoreditch draws on Tomos's experiences visiting Getaria, a coastal town in the Basque country, well known for its barbecues. Using seasonal British produce, fresh ingredients are cooked on an open fire wood grill resulting in a menu of cedar wood sea trout, slow grilled red mullet, turbot and a dish loosely based on the Welsh cawl - offal hot pot served with laverbread and potatoes. An approachable wine list is by Keeling Andrew & Co, the wine import company set up by the founders of Noble Rot with wines from old cellars and sherry. Enter the first-floor restaurant via the original 1930s stairwell to the upstairs dining room, which retains many original features including art deco wood panelling and large steel frame windows. 2018/03/17 Where:
Brat, Redchurch Street London, E1 6JJ
Category:

Brat, Redchurch Street, London, E1 6JJ

Tube: Old Street Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos Parry
Opened in March 2018, Brat was awarded its first Michelin star just six months after it launched. It's all down Tomos Parry, formerly of Kitty Fisher's, who draws on his Welsh heritage, and influence from the Basque region of Northern Spain, to create a menu of seasonal British produce, cooked on an open fire wood grill. Named after a colloquial term for 'turbot' the restaurant on Redchurch Street in Shoreditch draws on Tomos's experiences visiting Getaria, a coastal town in the Basque country, well known for its barbecues. Using seasonal British produce, fresh ingredients are cooked on an open fire wood grill resulting in a menu of cedar wood sea trout, slow grilled red mullet, turbot and a dish loosely based on the Welsh cawl - offal hot pot served with laverbread and potatoes. An approachable wine list is by Keeling Andrew & Co, the wine import company set up by the founders of Noble Rot with wines from old cellars and sherry. Enter the first-floor restaurant via the original 1930s stairwell to the upstairs dining room, which retains many original features including art deco wood panelling and large steel frame windows.
 
 
 

Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea

Opened March 2018

Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea Opened March 2018 Located next to the famous Grade II listed Battersea Power Station, Vivek Singh's Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea adds another outlet to The Cinnamon Collection's restaurants in London - joining the well-established Cinnamon Kitchen in the City and the renowned Cinnamon Club in Westminster - and comes hot on the heels of a new restaurant in Oxford. Housed in a brick railway arch, the attractive south London restaurant stylishly juxtaposes industrial elements such as exposed piping and a metal cage mezzanine with plush touches like velvet jade green chairs and a sweeping marble bar. At the rear, a huge open kitchen is where the action happens with a team of chefs conjuring up a menu of dishes in line with Vivek's experimental brand. To start, the Bombay street food selection provides a flavoursome introduction with an exciting trio of tapioca cake, chilli coated paneer and vada pao - a fried potato cake sandwich - and for main the tandoori chilli chicken korma successfully elevates a typically simple dish. Another highlight is the clove smoked lamb rump with a fennel and nutmeg sauce while the pink aubergine with sesame, tamarind and peanut crumble is just one of the tempting vegetarian options. At the bar, spice-infused craft cocktails come from a menu created by legendary mixologist, Tony Conigliaro. 2018/03/15 Where:
Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea, 4 Arches Lane, Battersea Power Station London, SW11 8AB
Category: Indian/South Asian Cuisine

Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea, 4 Arches Lane, Battersea Power Station, London, SW11 8AB

Tube: Pimlico Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos Parry
Located next to the famous Grade II listed Battersea Power Station, Vivek Singh's Cinnamon Kitchen Battersea adds another outlet to The Cinnamon Collection's restaurants in London - joining the well-established Cinnamon Kitchen in the City and the renowned Cinnamon Club in Westminster - and comes hot on the heels of a new restaurant in Oxford. Housed in a brick railway arch, the attractive south London restaurant stylishly juxtaposes industrial elements such as exposed piping and a metal cage mezzanine with plush touches like velvet jade green chairs and a sweeping marble bar. At the rear, a huge open kitchen is where the action happens with a team of chefs conjuring up a menu of dishes in line with Vivek's experimental brand. To start, the Bombay street food selection provides a flavoursome introduction with an exciting trio of tapioca cake, chilli coated paneer and vada pao - a fried potato cake sandwich - and for main the tandoori chilli chicken korma successfully elevates a typically simple dish. Another highlight is the clove smoked lamb rump with a fennel and nutmeg sauce while the pink aubergine with sesame, tamarind and peanut crumble is just one of the tempting vegetarian options. At the bar, spice-infused craft cocktails come from a menu created by legendary mixologist, Tony Conigliaro.
 
 
 

Mr White's English Chophouse

Opened March 2018

Mr White's English Chophouse Opened March 2018 Marco Pierre White brings a contemporary take on the chophouse to New Road Hotel in Whitechapel. Updating the chophouses which first emerged in London in the 1960s for the modern day, Mr. White's serves succulent joints of meat in a cool, stylish setting. The menu combines English classics with a little French flair - the kind of cooking style MPW is well known for - and centres on steaks, grills and chops. Don't miss the Beef Wellington with red wine sauce and roast saddle of lamb with mustard and chives (both dishes serve two people). Signature dishes also include 10oz rib and sirloin steaks with triple cooked chips, and The Chophouse prime 6oz burger. 2018/03/15 Where:
Mr White's English Chophouse, New Road Hotel, 103-107 New Road London, E1 1HJ
Category: British Cuisine

Mr White's English Chophouse, New Road Hotel, 103-107 New Road, London, E1 1HJ

Tube: Whitechapel Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos Parry
Marco Pierre White brings a contemporary take on the chophouse to New Road Hotel in Whitechapel. Updating the chophouses which first emerged in London in the 1960s for the modern day, Mr. White's serves succulent joints of meat in a cool, stylish setting. The menu combines English classics with a little French flair - the kind of cooking style MPW is well known for - and centres on steaks, grills and chops. Don't miss the Beef Wellington with red wine sauce and roast saddle of lamb with mustard and chives (both dishes serve two people). Signature dishes also include 10oz rib and sirloin steaks with triple cooked chips, and The Chophouse prime 6oz burger.
 
 
 
 

Osh

Opened 15th March 2018

Osh Opened 15th March 2018 Inspired by the flavours of the Middle East and Eastern Europe, Osh , a restaurant and bar on fashionable Beauchamp Place , takes over a three-story townhouse in Knightsbridge. Uzbek grilled dishes are a delicacy at this stylish restaurant. Signature dishes include aromatic lamb plov, succulent charred shashlik, traditional Uzbek lagman soup, and freshly baked hand rolled flatbread. More than that, the menu also has a meat-free and vegan options as well as seasonal specialities made with organic fruits and vegetables imported twice a week from Uzbekistan. In the restaurant, the tables are overlooked by the azure tiled Kyrzyk themed kitchen. The bar has an impressive selection of cocktails and ethnic-inspired aperitifs while the private lounge upstairs has a collection of the world's finest spirits. 2018/03/15 Where:
Osh, 14-15 Beauchamp Place London, SW3 1NQ
Category: Middle Eastern Cuisine

Osh, 14-15 Beauchamp Place, London, SW3 1NQ

Tube: Knightsbridge Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressing
Inspired by the flavours of the Middle East and Eastern Europe, Osh , a restaurant and bar on fashionable Beauchamp Place , takes over a three-story townhouse in Knightsbridge. Uzbek grilled dishes are a delicacy at this stylish restaurant. Signature dishes include aromatic lamb plov, succulent charred shashlik, traditional Uzbek lagman soup, and freshly baked hand rolled flatbread. More than that, the menu also has a meat-free and vegan options as well as seasonal specialities made with organic fruits and vegetables imported twice a week from Uzbekistan. In the restaurant, the tables are overlooked by the azure tiled Kyrzyk themed kitchen. The bar has an impressive selection of cocktails and ethnic-inspired aperitifs while the private lounge upstairs has a collection of the world's finest spirits.
 
 
 

George's Bar

Opened 14th March 2018

George's Bar Opened 14th March 2018 Following a major redesign, the bar within The Gilbert Scott restaurant reopened as George's Bar in early 2018. Marcus Wareing's latest tribute to the building's original architect, Sir George Gilbert Scott, the bar sees the chef work in conjunction with David Collins Studio to transform the 19th century surroundings. Keeping the architect's original palette in mind, the new design is a more informal affair that takes inspiration from European grand cafes. A two Michelin-starred chef, Marcus Wareing certainly understands ingredients, and working with bar manager, Dav Eames, he presents an exciting new menu inspired by chefs to celebrate the seasons. The menu offers a rotating cocktail of the month, with each one having a story to tell and its own history. The launch cocktail is the Bee Keeper, made with lavender infused Bombay Sapphire gin, Melfort Farm honey, sloe gin, lemon, hibiscus and elderflower. 2018/03/14 Where:
George's Bar, St Pancras Renaissance Hotel, Euston Road London, NW1 2AR
Category: Bars

George's Bar, St Pancras Renaissance Hotel, Euston Road, London, NW1 2AR

Tube: King's Cross Station

 
 
photo: Steven JoyceThe Chronicle - living areaCGI by Run For the HillsAuro Foxcroft and Chris Gillard, photo: Tom Bowlesphoto: Jack PascoEmily Roux and Diego FerrariPip Lacey and Gordy McIntyrePhoto: Matt Russellphoto: Pasco PhotographyHarry's Bar James Street, photo: John Careyphoto: Lateef PhotographySticks'n'Sushi Kings Road - exteriorPeter Josephphoto: Justin De SouzaJeremie Cometto-Lingenheim and David Gingell, photo: Patricia NivenMark's Choice, Thanksgiving Day Burger Due East, The East London HotelPhoto credit Olivia Thompsonphoto: Tim GreenJames Cochran, photo: Jessica Jill PartridgeOliver Hiam and Dominic HamdyUbe cocoZ Hotel Family RoomPhoto: Johnny Stephens PhotographyAdam Handling, The Frog Hoxton - photo: Tim GreenGazelle Restaurantphoto: Massimo RumiGrays & Feather upstairsYen Burger - Ebi BurgerDan DohertyGeorge Barsonarchitect: SimpsonHaugh, photo: St.George PlcRok co-founders Charles Bakker, Frida Lindmark and Matt YoungGrom Gelato, PiccadillyAchari Chicken SkinsChef Adam Englandphoto: Hugh JohnsonScarlett Green, upstairsGrilled Prawns - Karidesphoto: Neptune / Sebastian BoettcherTom OldroydAndina Panaderia, Marbled Annatto Loafphoto: temper Covent Garden / Patricia NivenTom Sellersphoto: Jeff Eden © RBG KewDavide Pastorino and Andy Wells - Press CoffeeLina Stores - 51 Greek Street Head Chef Masha RenerTom BrownThe Petersham, Petersham Nurseries Covent GardenSoren JessenCopyright White City HouseL-R: Homeslice owners Alan Wogan, Ry Jessup and Mark WoganQueen Elizabeth Hall. Photo: Morley Von SternbergOwner and Sommelier Ed ThawTomos ParryCrispy aubergine soft cheese and coriander dressing
Following a major redesign, the bar within The Gilbert Scott restaurant reopened as George's Bar in early 2018. Marcus Wareing's latest tribute to the building's original architect, Sir George Gilbert Scott, the bar sees the chef work in conjunction with David Collins Studio to transform the 19th century surroundings. Keeping the architect's original palette in mind, the new design is a more informal affair that takes inspiration from European grand cafes. A two Michelin-starred chef, Marcus Wareing certainly understands ingredients, and working with bar manager, Dav Eames, he presents an exciting new menu inspired by chefs to celebrate the seasons. The menu offers a rotating cocktail of the month, with each one having a story to tell and its own history. The launch cocktail is the Bee Keeper, made with lavender infused Bombay Sapphire gin, Melfort Farm honey, sloe gin, lemon, hibiscus and elderflower.
 
 
 

The Vurger Co

Opened 12th March 2018

The Vurger Co Opened 12th March 2018 After a number of well-received pop-ups both at festivals and throughout London, along with an incredibly successful crowdfunding campaign, The Vurger Co has its first permanent fixture in Shoreditch. Offering burgers as they should be - fresh but indulgent - the vegan junk food pioneers serve their full menu at the 30-seat restaurant including their best-selling Tabasco Auburger, made from aubergines, chickpeas, red onion and vegan cheese, as well as their famous mac'n'cheese and shakes. Other soul satisfying highlights from the menu will include the mouth-watering Classic, the Mexican and the MLT, made with baked mushrooms and rocket and topped with walnut and sundried tomato paste. 2018/03/12 Where:
The Vurger Co, Unit 9, Avant Garde, Richmix Square London, E1 6LD
Category:

The Vurger Co, Unit 9, Avant Garde, Richmix Square, London, E1 6LD

Tube: Aldgate East Station